Table of Contents



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

x     Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934
for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009 or

o          Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934

for the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission File Number: 1-7891

DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   41-0222640
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1400 West 94th Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
  55431
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (952) 887-3131
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange
on which registered

Common Stock, $5 Par Value
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

 

New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such short period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files) Yes o No o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x

          As of January 31, 2009, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $2,375,100,091 (based on the closing price of $31.12 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange as of that date).

          As of August 31, 2009, there were approximately 77,279,071 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

          Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders (the “2009 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference in Part III, as specifically set forth in Part III.



DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

1

 

 

General

 

1

 

 

Seasonality

 

2

 

 

Competition

 

2

 

 

Raw Materials

 

2

 

 

Patents and Trademarks

 

2

 

 

Major Customers

 

2

 

 

Backlog

 

2

 

Research and Development

 

3

 

Environmental Matters

 

3

 

Employees

 

3

 

Geographic Areas

 

3

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

3

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

5

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

5

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

6

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

7

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

7

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

8

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

9

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

9

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

26

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

26

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

27

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

55

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

55

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

56

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

56

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

56

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

56

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

58

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

58

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

58

 

Signatures

 

59

 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

60

 

Exhibit Index

 

61

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

63

 

 

Certifications of Officers

 

64



Table of Contents


P ART I

I tem 1. Business

G eneral

          Donaldson Company, Inc. (“Donaldson” or the “Company”) was founded in 1915 and organized in its present corporate form under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1936.

          The Company is a worldwide manufacturer of filtration systems and replacement parts. The Company’s product mix includes air and liquid filtration systems and exhaust and emission control products. Products are manufactured at 40 plants around the world and through three joint ventures. The Company has two reporting segments: Engine Products and Industrial Products. Products in the Engine Products segment consist of air filtration systems, exhaust and emissions systems, liquid filtration systems and replacement parts. The Engine Products segment sells to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) in the construction, mining, agriculture, aerospace, defense, and truck markets and to independent distributors, OEM dealer networks, private label accounts and large equipment fleets. Products in the Industrial Products segment consist of dust, fume and mist collectors, compressed air purification systems, liquid filtration systems, air filter systems for gas turbines, and specialized air filtration systems for diverse applications including computer hard disk drives. The Industrial Products segment sells to various industrial end-users, OEMs of gas-fired turbines and OEMs and end-users requiring clean air.

          The table below shows the percentage of total net sales contributed by the principal classes of similar products for each of the last three fiscal years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended July 31

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Engine Products segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-Road Equipment Products (including Aerospace and Defense products)

 

 

20

%

 

20

%

 

18

%

On-Road Products

 

 

4

%

 

6

%

 

9

%

Aftermarket Products (including replacement part sales to the Company’s OEM’s)

 

 

30

%

 

29

%

 

30

%

Industrial Products segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial Filtration Solutions Products

 

 

27

%

 

27

%

 

27

%

Gas Turbine Systems Products

 

 

11

%

 

10

%

 

8

%

Special Applications Products

 

 

8

%

 

8

%

 

8

%

          Financial information about segment operations appears in Note J in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 51.

          The Company makes its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, available free of charge through its website, at www.donaldson.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such material with (or furnishes such material to) the Securities and Exchange Commission. Also available on the Company’s website are corporate governance documents, including the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics, corporate governance guidelines, Audit Committee charter, Human Resources Committee charter, and Corporate Governance Committee charter. These documents are available in print, free of charge to any shareholder who requests them. The information contained on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered to be part of this Form 10-K.

1


Table of Contents


S easonality

          In general, the Company’s Engine and Industrial Products segments are not considered to be seasonal. However, a number of the Company’s end markets are dependent on the construction, agricultural and power generation industries, which are generally stronger in the second half of the Company’s fiscal year.

C ompetition

          Principal methods of competition in both the Engine and Industrial Products segments are technology, price, geographic coverage, service and product performance. The Company competes in a number of highly competitive filtration markets in both segments. The Company believes it is a market leader with many of its product lines. The Company believes within the Engine Products segment it is a market leader in its Off-Road Equipment and On-Road Products lines for OEMs and is a significant participant in the aftermarket for replacement filters. The Engine Products segment’s principal competitors include several large global competitors and regional competitors, especially in the Engine Aftermarket Products business. The Industrial Products segment’s principal competitors vary from country to country and include several large regional and global competitors and a significant number of smaller competitors who compete in a specific geographical region or in a limited number of product applications.

R aw Materials

          The principal raw materials that the Company uses are steel, filter media and plastics. The Company purchases a variety of types of steel. Commodity prices were high during the first half of the year, but decreased during the second half such that the full year was comparable with Fiscal 2008. The Company experienced no significant supply problems in the purchase of its raw materials. The Company typically has multiple sources of supply for the raw materials essential to its business. The Company is not required to carry significant amounts of raw material inventory to secure supplier allotments. However, the Company does stock finished goods inventory at its regional distribution centers in order to meet anticipated Customer demand.

P atents and Trademarks

          The Company owns various patents and trademarks, which it considers in the aggregate to constitute a valuable asset, including patents and trademarks for products sold under the Ultra-Web®, PowerCore®, and Donaldson® trademarks. However, it does not regard the validity of any one patent or trademark as being of material importance.

M ajor Customers

          There were no Customers that accounted for over 10 percent of net sales in Fiscal 2009. Sales to Caterpillar Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Caterpillar”) accounted for 10 percent of net sales in Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2007. Caterpillar has been a customer of the Company for many years and purchases many models and types of products for a variety of applications. Sales to the U.S. Government do not constitute a material portion of the Company’s business. There were no Customers over 10 percent of gross accounts receivable in Fiscal 2009 or 2008.

B acklog

          At August 31, 2009, the backlog of orders expected to be delivered within 90 days was $259,181,000. All of this backlog is expected to be shipped during Fiscal 2010. The 90-day backlog at August 31, 2008, was $415,078,000. Backlog is one of many indicators of business conditions in the Company’s markets. However, it is not always indicative of future results for a number of reasons, including short lead times in the Company’s replacement parts business and the timing of orders in many of the Company’s Engine OEM and Industrial markets.

2


Table of Contents


R esearch and Development

          During Fiscal 2009, the Company spent $40,643,000 on research and development activities. Research and development expenses include basic scientific research and the application of scientific advances to the development of new and improved products and their uses. The Company spent $43,757,000 in Fiscal 2008 and $36,458,000 in Fiscal 2007 on research and development activities. Substantially all commercial research and development is performed in-house.

E nvironmental Matters

          The Company does not anticipate any material effect on its capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position during Fiscal 2010 due to compliance with government regulations regulating the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment.

E mployees

          The Company employed over 10,600 persons in worldwide operations as of August 31, 2009.

G eographic Areas

          Financial information about geographic areas appears in Note J of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 51.

I tem 1A. Risk Factors

          There are inherent risks and uncertainties associated with our global operations that involve the design, manufacturing and sale of products for highly demanding Customer applications throughout the world. These risks and uncertainties associated with our business could adversely affect our operating performance and financial condition. The following discussion, along with discussions elsewhere in this report, outlines the risks and uncertainties that we believe are the most material to our business. In light of the current global economic slowdown, we want to further highlight the risks and uncertainties associated with: world economic factors; the reduction in sales volume and orders due to decreased global demand and Customers aggressively working to reduce their levels of inventory; increased governmental laws and regulations, including the unprecedented financial actions being undertaken by governments around the world; a significant tightening of credit availability; and potential global health outbreaks. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.

Operating internationally carries risks which could negatively affect our financial performance.

          We have sales and manufacturing operations throughout the world, with the heaviest concentrations in North America, Europe and Asia. Our stability, growth and profitability are subject to a number of risks of doing business internationally that could harm our business, including:

 

 

 

 

political and military events,

 

 

 

 

legal and regulatory requirements, including import, export and defense regulations,

 

 

 

 

tariffs and trade barriers,

 

 

 

 

potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations,

 

 

 

 

credit risk of local Customers and distributors,

 

 

 

 

difficulties in protecting intellectual property,

 

 

 

 

local economic, political and social conditions, specifically in China and Thailand where we have significant investments, and

 

 

 

 

potential global health outbreaks.

3


Table of Contents


Maintaining a competitive advantage requires continuing investment with uncertain returns.

          We operate in highly competitive markets and have numerous competitors who may already be well established in those markets. We expect our competitors to continue improving the design and performance of their products and to introduce new products that could be competitive in both price and performance. We believe that we have certain technological advantages over our competitors, but maintaining these advantages requires us to continually invest in research and development, sales and marketing and Customer service and support. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in maintaining these advantages. We make investments in new technologies that address increased performance and regulatory requirements around the globe. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in completing development or achieving sales of these products or that the margins on such products will be acceptable. Our financial performance may be negatively impacted if a competitor’s successful product innovation reaches the market before ours or gains broader market acceptance.

          Several of our major OEM Customers also manufacture filtration systems. Although these OEM Customers rely on us and other suppliers for some of their filtration systems, they sometimes choose to manufacture additional filtration systems for their own use. There is also a risk that a Customer could acquire one or more of our competitors.

          We may be adversely impacted by changes in technology that could reduce or eliminate the demand for our products. These risks include:

 

 

 

 

breakthroughs in technology which provide a viable alternative to diesel engines, and

 

 

 

 

reduced demand for disk drive products if flash memory or a similar technology which would eliminate the need for our filtration solutions.

We participate in highly competitive markets with pricing pressure. If we are not able to compete effectively our margins and results of operations could be adversely affected.

          The businesses and product lines in which we participate are very competitive and we risk losing business based on a wide range of factors, including technology, price, delivery, product performance and Customer service. Large Customers continue to seek productivity gains and lower prices from their suppliers. We may lose business or negatively impact our margins if we are unable to deliver the best value to our Customers.

Demand for our products relies on economic and industrial conditions worldwide.

          Demand for our products tends to respond to varying levels of construction, agricultural, mining and industrial activity in the United States and in other industrialized nations.

          Sales to Caterpillar accounted for slightly less than 10 percent of our net sales in Fiscal 2009 and 10 percent of our net sales in Fiscal 2008. An adverse change in Caterpillar’s financial performance or a material reduction in our sales to Caterpillar could negatively impact our operating results.

Changes in our product mix impacts our financial performance.

          We sell products that have varying profit margins. Our financial performance can be impacted depending on the mix of products we sell during a given period.

Unavailable or higher cost materials could result in our Customers being dissatisfied.

          We obtain raw material, including steel, filter media and plastics, and other components from third-party suppliers and tend to carry limited raw material inventories. An unanticipated delay in delivery by our suppliers could result in the inability to deliver on-time and meet the expectations of our Customers. This could negatively affect our financial performance. An increase in commodity prices during a recession or an otherwise challenging business and economic environment could result in lower operating margins.

4


Table of Contents


Difficulties with the Company’s information technology systems could adversely affect the Company’s results.

          The Company has many information technology systems that are important to the operation of its businesses. The Company could encounter difficulties in developing new systems or maintaining and upgrading existing systems. Such difficulties could lead to significant expenses due to disruption in business operations and could adversely affect the Company’s results.

Unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact our results and financial position.

          We have operations in many countries. Each of our subsidiaries reports its results of operations and financial position in its relevant foreign currency, which is then translated into U.S. dollars. This translated financial information is included in our consolidated financial statements. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar in comparison to the foreign currencies of our subsidiaries could have a negative impact on our results and financial position.

Acquisitions may have an impact on our results.

          We have made and continue to pursue acquisitions. We cannot guarantee that these acquisitions will have a positive impact on our results. These acquisitions could negatively impact our profitability due to operating and integration inefficiencies, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets. There are also a number of other risks involved in acquisitions. We could lose key existing Customers, have difficulties in assimilating the acquired operations, assume unanticipated legal liabilities or lose key employees.

Compliance with environmental laws and regulations can be costly.

          We are subject to many environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We routinely incur costs in order to comply with these laws and regulations. We may be adversely impacted by new or changing laws and regulations that affect both our operations and our ability to develop and sell products that meet our Customers’ requirements.

I tem 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

          None.

I tem 2. Properties

          The Company’s principal office and research facilities are located in Bloomington, Minnesota, a suburb of Minneapolis, Minnesota. The principal European administrative and engineering offices are located in Leuven, Belgium. The Company also has extensive operations in the Asia-Pacific region.

5


Table of Contents


          The Company’s principal plant activities are carried out in the United States and internationally. Following is a summary of the principal plants and other materially important physical properties owned or leased by the Company.

Americas

 

Europe / Middle East / Africa

Auburn, Alabama (E)

 

Kadan, Czech Republic (I)

Riverbank, California (I)*

 

Klasterec, Czech Republic

Valencia, California (E)*

 

Domjean, France (E)

Dixon, Illinois

 

Paris, France (E)

Frankfort, Indiana

 

Dulmen, Germany (E)

Cresco, Iowa

 

Flensburg, Germany (I)

Grinnell, Iowa (E)

 

Haan, Germany (I)

Nicholasville, Kentucky

 

Ostiglia, Italy

Bloomington, Minnesota

 

Barcelona, Spain (I)

Chillicothe, Missouri (E)

 

Hull, United Kingdom

St. Charles, Missouri* (E)

 

Leicester, United Kingdom (I)

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (I)

 

Cape Town, South Africa

Greeneville, Tennessee

 

Johannesburg, South Africa*

Baldwin, Wisconsin

 

 

Stevens Point, Wisconsin

 

Australia

Sao Paulo, Brazil (E)*

 

Wyong, Australia

Athens, Canada (I)

 

 

Aguascalientes, Mexico

 

Asia

Monterrey, Mexico

 

Hong Kong, China*

 

 

Wuxi, China

Joint Venture Facilities

 

New Delhi, India

Most, Czech Republic (E)

 

Gunma, Japan

Champaign, Illinois (E)

 

Rayong, Thailand (I)

Jakarta, Indonesia

 

 

Dammam, Saudi Arabia (I)

 

Third-Party Logistics Providers

 

 

Alsip, Illinois

Distribution Centers

 

Plainfield, Indiana (I)

Brugge, Belgium

 

New Hampton, Iowa

Rensselaer, Indiana

 

Waterloo, Iowa (E)

Aguascalientes, Mexico

 

Greeneville, Tennessee (I)

Johannesburg, South Africa

 

Singapore

          The Company’s properties are utilized for both the Engine and Industrial Products segments except as indicated with an (E) for Engine or (I) for Industrial. The Company leases certain of its facilities, primarily under long-term leases. The facilities denoted with an asterisk (*) are leased facilities. In Wuxi, China, a portion of the operations are conducted in leased facilities. The Company uses third-party logistics providers for some of its product distribution and neither leases nor owns the facilities. The Company considers its properties to be suitable for their present purposes, well-maintained and in good operating condition.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

          In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” (SFAS No. 5), the Company records provisions with respect to identified claims or lawsuits when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Claims and lawsuits are reviewed quarterly and provisions are taken or adjusted to reflect the status of a particular matter. The Company believes the recorded reserves in its consolidated financial statements are adequate in light of the probable and estimable outcomes. Any recorded liabilities were not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operation and liquidity and the Company does not believe that any of the currently identified claims or litigation will materially affect its financial position, results of operation and liquidity.

6


Table of Contents


Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

          No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders of the Company during the quarter ended July 31, 2009.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

          Current information regarding executive officers is presented below. All terms of office are for one year. There are no arrangements or understandings between individual officers and any other person pursuant to which the officer was selected as an executive officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Age

 

Positions and Offices Held

 

First Year Elected or
Appointed as an
Executive Officer

Tod E. Carpenter

 

50

 

Vice President, Europe and Middle East

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Cook

 

56

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

1994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sandra N. Joppa

 

44

 

Vice President, Human Resources

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Norman C. Linnell

 

50

 

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

1996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles J. McMurray

 

55

 

Senior Vice President, Industrial Products

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mary Lynne Perushek

 

51

 

Vice President and Chief Information Officer

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lowell F. Schwab

 

61

 

Senior Vice President, Global Operations

 

1994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W. Timm

 

56

 

Vice President, Asia-Pacific

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas R. VerHage

 

56

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jay L. Ward

 

45

 

Senior Vice President, Engine Products

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debra L. Wilfong

 

54

 

Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

 

2007

          Mr. Carpenter joined the Company in 1996 and has held various positions, including Gas Turbine Systems General Manager from 2002 to 2004; General Manager, Industrial Filtration Systems (IFS) Sales from 2004 to 2006; General Manager, IFS Americas in 2006; and Vice President, Global IFS from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Carpenter was appointed Vice President, Europe and Middle East in August 2008.

          Mr. Cook joined the Company in 1980 and has held various positions, including CFO and Senior Vice President, International from 2001 to 2004 and President and CEO from 2004 to 2005. Mr. Cook was appointed Chairman, President and CEO in July 2005.

          Ms. Joppa was appointed Vice President, Human Resources and Communications in November 2005. Prior to that time Ms. Joppa held various positions at General Mills, a consumer food products company, from 1989 to 2005, including service as Director of Human Resources for several different operating divisions from 1999 to 2005.

          Mr. Linnell joined the Company in 1996 as General Counsel and Secretary and was appointed Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2000.

          Mr. McMurray joined the Company in 1980 and has held various positions, including Director, Global Information Technology from 2001 to 2003; Vice President, Human Resources from 2004 to 2005; and Vice President, Information Technology, Europe, South Africa and Mexico from 2005 to 2006. Mr. McMurray became Senior Vice President, Industrial Products, in September 2006.

          Ms. Perushek was appointed Vice President and Chief Information Officer in November 2006. Prior to that time, Ms. Perushek was Vice President of Global Information Technology at H.B. Fuller Company, a worldwide manufacturer of adhesive products, from 2005 to 2006 and Chief Information Officer for Young America Corporation, a marketing company, from 1999 to 2004.

          Mr. Schwab joined the Company in 1977 and has held various positions, including Senior Vice President, Operations from 1994 to 2004 and Senior Vice President, Engine Products from 2004 to 2008. Mr. Schwab was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Operations, in August 2008.

          Mr. Timm joined the Company in 1983 and has held various positions, including General Manager, Disk Drive from 1995 to 2005 and General Manager, Gas Turbine Systems Products from 2005 to 2006. Mr. Timm was appointed Vice President, Asia-Pacific in December 2006.

7


Table of Contents


          Mr. VerHage was appointed Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in March 2004. Prior to that time, Mr. VerHage was a partner for Deloitte & Touche, LLP, an international accounting firm, from 2002 to 2004.

          Mr. Ward joined the Company in 1998 and has held various positions, including Director, Operations from 2001 to 2003; Director, Product and Business Development, IFS Group from 2003 to 2004; Managing Director, Europe from 2004 to 2006; and Vice President, Europe and Middle East from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Ward was appointed Senior Vice President, Engine Products in August 2008.

          Ms. Wilfong was appointed Vice President and Chief Technology Officer in May 2007. Prior to that time, Ms. Wilfong held various director positions in research and development at 3M Company, an international consumer products company, from 2000 to 2007, most recently as Director, Research and Development for the 3M Automotive Division from 2006 to 2007.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

          The common shares of the Company are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol DCI. The amount and frequency of all cash dividends declared on the Company’s common stock for Fiscal 2009 and 2008 appear in Note N of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 55. As of September 23, 2009, there were 2,109 shareholders of record of common stock.

          The low and high sales prices for the Company’s common stock for each full quarterly period during Fiscal 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

Second Quarter

 

Third Quarter

 

Fourth Quarter

Fiscal 2008

 

$34.40 — 44.59

 

$35.14 — 48.40

 

$38.83 — 44.29

 

$40.95 — 52.33

Fiscal 2009

 

$28.04 — 49.00

 

$23.40 — 36.29

 

$21.82 — 34.37

 

$31.00 — 38.93

          The following table sets forth information in connection with purchases made by, or on behalf of, the Company or any affiliated purchaser of the Company, of shares of the Company’s common stock during the quarterly period ended July 31, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased (1)

 

Average Price
Paid per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

 

Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

 

May 1-May 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

930,210

 

June 1-June 30, 2009

 

 

18,972

 

$

36.12

 

 

 

 

930,210

 

July 1-July 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

930,210

 

Total

 

 

18,972

 

$

36.12

 

 

 

 

930,210

 


 

 

 

   

 

 

(1)

On March 31, 2006, the Company announced that the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 8.0 million shares of common stock. This repurchase authorization, which is effective until terminated by the Board of Directors, replaced the existing authority that was authorized on January 17, 2003. There were no repurchases of common stock made outside of the Company’s current repurchase authorization during the quarter ended July 31, 2009. However, the “Total Number of Shares Purchased” column of the table above includes 18,972 previously owned shares tendered by option holders in payment of the exercise price of options. While not considered repurchases of shares, the Company does at times withhold shares that would otherwise be issued under equity-based awards to cover the withholding taxes due as a result of exercising stock options or payment of equity-based awards.

8


Table of Contents


          The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s Common Stock for the last five fiscal years with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the Standard & Poor’s Index of Industrial Machinery Companies. The graph and table assume the investment of $100 in each of the Company’s Common Stock and the specified indexes at the beginning of the applicable period, and assume the reinvestment of all dividends.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among Donaldson Company, Inc., The S&P 500 Index
And The S&P Industrial Machinery Index

(LINE GRAPH)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended July 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Donaldson Company, Inc.

 

$

150.18

 

$

175.88

 

$

140.46

 

$

125.67

 

$

123.27

 

$

100.00

 

S&P 500

 

 

99.33

 

 

124.10

 

 

139.58

 

 

120.19

 

 

114.05

 

 

100.00

 

S&P Industrial Machinery

 

 

102.93

 

 

133.98

 

 

146.65

 

 

113.48

 

 

108.37

 

 

100.00

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

          The following table sets fourth selected financial data for each of the fiscal years in the five-year period ended July 31, 2009 (in millions, except per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended July 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Net sales

 

$

1,868.6

 

$

2,232.5

 

$

1,918.8

 

$

1,694.3

 

$

1,595.7

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

131.9

 

 

172.0

 

 

150.7

 

 

132.3

 

 

110.6

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

1.67

 

 

2.12

 

 

1.83

 

 

1.55

 

 

1.27

 

Total assets

 

 

1,334.0

 

 

1,548.6

 

 

1,319.0

 

 

1,124.1

 

 

1,111.8

 

Long-term obligations

 

 

253.7

 

 

176.5

 

 

129.0

 

 

100.5

 

 

103.3

 

Cash dividends declared per share

 

 

0.460

 

 

0.430

 

 

0.370

 

 

0.410

 

 

0.180

 

Cash dividends paid per share

 

 

0.455

 

 

0.420

 

 

0.360

 

 

0.320

 

 

0.235

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

Results of Operation

          The following discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this report.

9


Table of Contents


Overview

          The Company manufactures and distributes filtration systems and replacement parts. The Company’s core strengths are leading filtration technology, strong Customer relationships and global presence. The Company operates through two reporting segments, Engine Products and Industrial Products, and has a product mix including air and liquid filters and exhaust and emission control products. As a worldwide business, the Company’s results of operations are affected by conditions in the global economic environment. Under normal economic conditions, the Company’s diversity between its original equipment and replacement parts Customers, its diesel engine and industrial end markets, and its North American and international end markets has helped to limit the impact of weakness in any one product line, market or geography on the consolidated results of the Company. However, the global recession had a dramatic negative impact on the Company’s results in Fiscal 2009 as nearly every product group and geographic area was impacted.

          The Company reported sales in Fiscal 2009 of $1,868.6 million, down 16.3 percent from $2,233.5 million in the prior year. The Company’s results were negatively impacted by foreign currency translation. The impact of foreign currency translation decreased sales by $76.8 million. Excluding the current year impact of foreign currency translation, worldwide sales decreased 12.9 percent during the year.

          Although net sales excluding foreign currency translation is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP, the Company believes it is useful in understanding its financial results and provides a comparable measure for understanding the operating results of the Company between different fiscal periods excluding the impact of foreign currency translation. The following is a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure of this non-GAAP financial measure (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 31,
2009

 

July 31,
2008

 

Net sales, excluding foreign currency translation

 

$

1,945.4

 

$

2,110.0

 

Foreign currency translation impact

 

 

(76.8

)

 

122.5

Net sales

 

$

1,868.6

$

2,232.5

          Although not as large as the impact on net sales, the Company’s net earnings were also negatively impacted by foreign currency translation. The impact of foreign currency translation during the year decreased net earnings by $3.8 million. Excluding the current year impact of foreign currency translation, net earnings decreased 21.1 percent.

          Although net earnings excluding foreign currency translation is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP, the Company believes it is useful in understanding its financial results and provides a comparable measure for understanding the operating results of the Company between different fiscal periods excluding the impact of foreign currency translation. The following is a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure of this non-GAAP financial measure (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 31,
2009

 

July 31,
2008

 

Net earnings, excluding foreign currency translation

 

$

135.7

 

$

159.1

 

Foreign currency translation impact, net of tax

 

 

(3.8

)

 

12.9

Net earnings

 

$

131.9

$

172.0

          The Company reported diluted earnings per share of $1.67, a 21.2 percent decrease from $2.12 in the prior year.

          Included in the results are pre-tax restructuring charges of $17.8 million resulting primarily from workforce reductions of 2,800 since the beginning of the year. Gross margin and operating expenses include $10.1 million and $7.7 million of restructuring expenses, respectively. The Company also realized $43.0 million in cost savings from restructuring actions completed throughout the year.

          The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2009 was 18.3 percent compared to 27.2 percent in Fiscal 2008. This decrease is attributable to a number of discrete tax items, partially offset by increased expense from the repatriation of foreign earnings. Absent these items, the underlying tax rate for the Fiscal 2009 has decreased

10


Table of Contents


from Fiscal 2008 by 1.2 points to 30.4 percent. The reinstatement of the U.S. Research and Experimentation credit, changes in current year unrecognized tax benefits, reduced statutory tax rates and the mix of earnings between foreign jurisdictions all contributed to the reduction in the underlying rate.

          The Company continued to improve an already strong liquidity position which allowed for continued investment in business and debt reduction while increasing cash reserves and maintaining its dividend. While Fiscal 2009 was significantly impacted by the global recession, there are signs that some of the Company’s end markets have begun to stabilize. While the Company’s future visibility remains limited and it’s too early to call a recovery, the Company believes that the worst of the global economic downturn is behind it in many of its early and mid-cycle end markets, including the heavy truck, construction, special applications and replacement parts markets. This view is factored into the Fiscal 2010 outlook discussed below.

          Following is financial information for the Company’s Engine and Industrial Products segments. Corporate and Unallocated includes corporate expenses determined to be non-allocable to the segments and interest income and expense. See further discussion of segment information in Note J of the Company’s Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Engine
Products

 

Industrial
Products

 

Corporate &
Unallocated

 

Total
Company

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,001,961

 

$

866,668

 

$

 

$

1,868,629

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

83,797

 

 

89,526

 

 

(11,898

)

 

161,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,229,171

 

$

1,003,350

 

$

 

$

2,232,521

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

158,931

 

 

102,420

 

 

(25,188

)

 

236,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,084,262

 

$

834,566

 

$

 

$

1,918,828

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

140,762

 

 

80,321

 

 

(16,222

)

 

204,861

 

          During Fiscal 2009, the Company’s Engine Products segment net sales decreased as a percent of total net sales to 53.6 percent compared to 55.1 percent in the prior year. For the Company’s Industrial Products segment, net sales as a percent of total net sales increased to 46.4 percent from 44.9 percent in the prior year.

          Factors within the Company’s reporting segments that contributed to the Company’s results for Fiscal 2009 included a significant impact from the Company’s distributors and OEM customers aggressively working down their inventory levels. In the Engine Products segment, the Company experienced weak business conditions in most end markets and regions. Spending in the construction and mining end-markets in the United States, Europe and Asia was down, resulting in a decrease in off-road equipment related sales. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in Aerospace and Defense sales and the benefit of the acquisition of Western Filter Corporation in October 2008. On-road Products sales decreased in the United States, Europe and Asia due to a drop in demand for new trucks, which lowered new truck build rates. Aftermarket sales also decreased due to decreases in equipment utilization in most off-road end markets and decreased freight activity which impacted on-road markets, partially offset by increases in retrofit emissions sales in the United States. In the Industrial Products segment, demand was also weak in all markets across all regions. Demand for Industrial Filtration Solutions Products was down as a result of the decline in general industrial activity. Also contributing to the decrease in Industrial Filtration Solutions Products sales was the sale of the air dryer business in Maryville, Tennessee, in October 2008, partially offset by the benefit from the acquisition of LMC West, Inc. in February of 2008. Worldwide sales in Gas Turbine Products weakened late in the year and full year sales were slightly lower as compared to the prior year. Gas Turbine Products sales are typically large systems and, as a result, the Company’s shipments and revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Sales of Special Applications Products were weak due to decreased demand for semiconductor fabrications and industrial uses for PTFE membranes and a sudden contraction of the disk drive market that resulted in decreased demand for the Company’s hard disk drive filters.

11


Table of Contents


          Following are net sales by product within both the Engine and Industrial Products segments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Engine Products segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-Road Products*

 

$

362,785

 

$

448,681

 

$

352,065

 

On-Road Products

 

 

71,958

 

 

123,146

 

 

166,370

 

Aftermarket Products**

 

 

567,218

 

 

657,344

 

 

565,827

 

Total Engine Products segment

 

 

1,001,961

 

 

1,229,171

 

 

1,084,262

 

Industrial Products segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial Filtration Solutions Products

 

 

503,611

 

 

600,526

 

 

515,022

 

Gas Turbine Products

 

 

206,760

 

 

213,138

 

 

158,025

 

Special Applications Products

 

 

156,297

 

 

189,686

 

 

161,519

 

Total Industrial Products segment

 

 

866,668

 

1,003,350

 

834,566

Total Company

 

$

1,868,629

$

2,232,521

$

1,918,828


 

 

 

 

 

 

*

Includes Aerospace and Defense products.

 

 

 

**

Includes replacement part sales to the Company’s OEM Customers.

Outlook

          While it appears that conditions may have stabilized at many of the Company’s Customers and in many of its end markets, the Company continues to have limited visibility into the future. Consequently, the Company remains cautious in the near-term about forecasting a return to growth.

 

 

 

 

The Company is planning its total Fiscal 2010 sales to be between $1.65 and $1.75 billion, or approximately the pace of the past two quarters. For the full year Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009, sales are projected to be down 6 to 12 percent. Foreign currency translation is expected to provide a small benefit based on the Company’s planned rates for the Euro of US$1.39 and 98 Yen to the US Dollar for Fiscal 2010.

 

 

 

 

The Company did not complete all of its planned restructuring actions by the end of the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2009 and anticipates there could be additional restructuring charges of up to $17 million in Fiscal 2010. Including these costs, the full year Fiscal 2010 operating margin is still expected to be between 9.5 to 10.5 percent.

 

 

 

 

The Company expects its full year Fiscal 2010 tax rate to be between 30 and 32 percent. The Company does not anticipate significant discrete tax benefits as occurred in Fiscal 2009.

 

 

 

 

The Company expects that cash generated by operating activities will exceed $150 million in Fiscal 2010. Capital spending in Fiscal 2010 is planned at $30.0 million to $40.0 million. The Company will continue to use its cash flow for dividends, potential acquisitions, capital projects and maintenance of its strong liquidity position.

Engine Products – The Company expects full year sales to decrease 3 to 8 percent, inclusive of the impact of foreign currency translation.

 

 

 

 

In its On-Road Products businesses, the Company believes that global build rates for heavy- and medium-duty trucks are stabilizing at the current levels.

 

 

 

 

The Company is forecasting slightly lower sales for its Aerospace and Defense Products as the level of Customer demand for defense products is decreasing.

 

 

 

 

The Company expects activity in the global construction and mining end markets to remain at their current levels during the first half of Fiscal 2010, and anticipates Customer demand in the farm equipment market outside of North America to continue its current decline.

 

 

 

 

The Company’s Aftermarket sales are expected to improve slightly from their current levels as utilization rates for both heavy trucks and off-road equipment are stabilizing. The Company expects

12


Table of Contents


 

 

 

 

 

to benefit from the increasing amount of equipment in the field with PowerCore® technology as well as its other proprietary filtration systems.

Industrial Products – The Company forecasts full year Fiscal 2010 sales to decrease 11 to 16 percent, inclusive of the impact of foreign currency translation.

 

 

 

 

Industrial Filtration Solutions sales are projected to decrease 10 to 15 percent for the year due to difficult comparable sales in the first half of Fiscal 2010. The Company expects general manufacturing activity to remain near its current level.

 

 

 

 

The Company expects full year sales of its Gas Turbine Products to decrease 21 to 26 percent due the slowdown in demand for large power generation projects.

 

 

 

 

Special Applications Products’ sales are projected to be flat to down 5 percent, as conditions appear to have stabilized in the hard disk drive market but may continue to weaken in the short-term in the Company’s membrane products’ industrial end-markets.

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

          Engine Products Segment The Engine Products segment sells to OEMs in the construction, mining, agriculture, aerospace, defense, and truck markets and to independent distributors, OEM dealer networks, private label accounts and large equipment fleets. Products include air filtration systems, exhaust and emissions systems, liquid filtration systems and replacement filters.

          Sales for the Engine Products segment were $1,002.0 million, a decrease of 18.5 percent from $1,229.2 million in the prior year. International Engine Products sales decreased 24.3 percent and sales in the United States decreased 12.4 percent from the prior year. The impact of foreign currency decreased sales by $38.9 million, or 3.2 percent. Earnings before income taxes as a percentage of Engine Products segment sales of 8.4 percent decreased from 12.9 percent in the prior year. The Engine Products segment has been negatively impacted by lower absorption of fixed manufacturing costs due to the drop in sales volumes and increased costs related to restructuring, offset by cost savings as a result of workforce reductions already completed, improved distribution efficiencies as compared to the prior year and the impact of cost control measures including reductions in incentive compensation.

          Worldwide sales of Off-Road Products were $362.8 million, a decrease of 19.1 percent from $448.7 million in the prior year. Sales in the United States decreased 7.2 percent. Global mining activity started declining due to decreased commodity prices in the second quarter of Fiscal 2009, and remained weak throughout the remainder of the year. Spending in U.S. residential and non-residential construction markets was down more than 27 percent and 5 percent, respectively, over prior year, resulting in a decrease in the sales of the Company’s products into those markets. Domestic Aerospace and Defense sales benefited from the recent acquisition of Western Filter Corporation, which resulted in $15.4 million of incremental sales over the prior year, and continued strong demand for filters for military equipment. Internationally, sales of Off-Road Products were down 31.3 percent from the prior year, with sales decreasing in both Europe and Asia by 32.5 percent and 29.5 percent, respectively. Sales in the European construction equipment end market decreased due to a decline in construction activity related to the economic downturn. Sales to the European agricultural end market also decreased. In Asia, sales have declined significantly in Japan in the construction end markets.

          Worldwide sales of On-Road Products were $72.0 million, a decrease of 41.6 percent from $123.1 million in the prior year. On-Road Products sales in the United States decreased 43.2 percent from the prior year, primarily as a result of a 29 percent decrease in Class 8 truck build rates, 40 percent decrease in medium duty truck build rates by the Company’s Customers and a reduction in high value product mix over the prior year. International On-Road Products sales decreased 39.6 percent from the prior year, driven by decreased sales in Europe and Asia of 51.0 percent and 32.5 percent, respectively, reflecting the current economic downturn for freight activity and new truck build rates.

          Worldwide Engine Aftermarket Products sales of $567.2 million decreased 13.7 percent from $657.3 million in the prior year. Sales in the United States decreased 9.5 percent over the prior year, driven

13


Table of Contents


by inventory adjustments at the Company’s Customers and decreases in utilization rates in the mining, construction and transportation industries, partially offset by increases in retrofit emission sales of $5.2 million. International sales decreased 17.4 percent from the prior year, primarily driven by sales decreases in Europe and Asia of 26.1 percent and 8.0 percent, respectively, due to weak economic conditions.

          Industrial Products Segment The Industrial Products segment sells to various industrial end-users, OEMs of gas-fired turbines, and OEMs and end-users requiring highly purified air. Products include dust, fume and mist collectors, compressed air purification systems, liquid filters and parts, air filter systems, PTFE membrane and laminates, and specialized air filtration systems for applications including computer hard disk drives.

          Sales for the Industrial Products segment were $866.7 million, a decrease of 13.6 percent from $1,003.4 million in the prior year. International Industrial Products sales decreased 14.2 percent and sales in the United States decreased 12.3 percent from the prior year. The impact of foreign currency decreased sales by $37.9 million, or 3.8 percent. Despite the 13.6 percent decrease in sales, earnings before income taxes as a percentage of Industrial Products segment sales of 10.3 percent increased from 10.2 percent in the prior year. The improvement in earnings as a percent of sales over the prior year was driven by better execution on large project shipments, cost savings from restructuring actions and the impact of cost control measures including reductions in incentive compensation expense. These were slightly offset by lower absorption of fixed costs and restructuring costs.

          Worldwide sales of Industrial Filtration Solutions Products of $503.6 million decreased 16.1 percent from $600.5 million in the prior year. Sales in the United States and Europe decreased 18.3 percent and 21.0 percent, respectively. Sales in Asia remained relatively flat as compared to the prior year. The decline in Europe was due to reduced demand for industrial dust collectors and compressed air purification systems which fell with the downturn in general manufacturing activity during the year. Domestic sales decreased from the prior year as a result of this same decline in general industrial activity. The results in the year were also influenced by the sale of the air dryer business in Maryville, Tennessee, on October 31, 2008 and the acquisition of LMC West, Inc. (LMC West) in February of Fiscal 2008. The sale of the air dryer business in Maryville, Tennessee, decreased sales $7.6 million over last year. The acquisition of LMC West contributed to $7.0 million of sales during the twelve months of Fiscal 2009 and $4.7 million during the latter six months of Fiscal 2008.

          Worldwide sales of Gas Turbine Products were $206.8 million, a decrease of 3.0 percent from $213.1 million in the prior year. Gas Turbine Products sales are typically large systems and, as a result, the Company’s shipments and revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Incoming orders declined 58 percent in Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008, a reflection of the reduced demand for power generation projects globally. This trend is expected to continue in Fiscal 2010.

          Worldwide sales of Special Applications Products were $156.3 million, a 17.6 percent decrease from $189.7 million in the prior year. Domestic Special Application Products sales decreased 10.0 percent. International sales of Special Application Products decreased 18.7 percent over the prior year. The primary decreases internationally were in Europe and Asia, which decreased 25.5 and 17.3 percent, respectively, due to a significant reduction in demand for hard disk drive filters, semiconductor filtration systems and PTFE membrane filtration products. The reduction in demand is primarily a result of a worldwide contraction in the end markets for computers, data storage devices and other electronic products that began in the second quarter of Fiscal 2009.

          Consolidated Results The Company reported net earnings for Fiscal 2009 of $131.9 million compared to $172.0 million in Fiscal 2008, a decrease of 23.3 percent. Diluted net earnings per share was $1.67, down 21.2 percent from $2.12 in the prior year. The Company’s operating income of $170.0 million decreased from prior year operating income of $245.8 million by 30.9 percent.

14


Table of Contents


          The table below shows the percentage of total operating income contributed by each segment for each of the last three fiscal years. Corporate and Unallocated includes corporate expenses determined to be non-allocable to the segments and interest income and expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

Engine Products

 

44.5

%

 

61.1

%

 

62.9

%

 

Industrial Products

 

51.8

%

 

42.1

%

 

37.8

%

 

Corporate and Unallocated

 

3.7

%

 

(3.2

%)

 

(0.7

%)

 

Total Company

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

          International operating income, prior to corporate expense allocations, totaled 77.9 percent of consolidated operating income in Fiscal 2009 as compared to 89.4 percent in Fiscal 2008. Total international operating income decreased 39.8 percent from the prior year. This decrease is attributable to restructuring charges internationally exceeding domestic restructuring costs, weaker foreign currencies and overall weak business conditions abroad. The table below shows the percentage of total operating income contributed by each major geographic region for each of the last three fiscal years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

United States

 

22.1

%

 

10.6

%

 

22.3

%

 

Europe

 

23.3

%

 

43.3

%

 

34.8

%

 

Asia

 

43.5

%

 

37.9

%

 

38.6

%

 

Other

 

11.1

%

8.2

%

 

4.3

%

 

Total Company

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

          Gross margin for Fiscal 2009 was 31.6 percent, a decrease from 32.5 percent in the prior year. The Company had $10.1 million in restructuring costs which reduced gross margin in the year. In addition, lower absorption of fixed costs due to the drop in production volumes, net of savings from completed restructuring related activities, negatively impacted gross margin by approximately $23 million. Partially offsetting these factors were the positive impacts of improved product mix, improved distribution efficiencies and better execution on large project shipments. During Fiscal 2008, the Company began using a new warehouse management system at its main U.S. distribution center. The company encountered start-up problems during the transition to the new systems which, although now resolved, resulted in $7.6 million in unanticipated charges in Fiscal 2008 that did not recur in Fiscal 2009. The Company also incurred a charge of approximately $5.0 million to pretax income related to the use of the Last-In, First-Out (LIFO) accounting method for its U.S. inventories, which charges increasing commodity costs to income immediately. As commodity costs were relatively flat in Fiscal 2009, the Company did not experience a similar impact from rising commodity prices.

          Operating expenses for Fiscal 2009 were $419.8 million or 22.5 percent of sales, as compared to $480.1 million or 21.5 percent in the prior year. Operating expenses as a percent of sales increased due to sales volume declines and $7.7 million in restructuring cost during the year, offset by $19.4 million in benefits from restructuring actions taken and $19.5 million of lower incentive compensation expense as compared to the prior year. The Company’s expense reduction programs remain in effect.

          Interest expense of $17.0 million increased $0.4 million from $16.6 million in the prior year as a result of higher debt levels. Net other income totaled $8.5 million in Fiscal 2009 up from $6.9 million in the prior year. Components of other income for Fiscal 2009 were as follows: interest income of $1.6 million, earnings from non-consolidated joint ventures of $2.3 million, royalty income of $6.1 million, charitable donations of $0.6 million, foreign exchange losses of $0.4 million and other miscellaneous income and expense items resulting in expenses of $0.5 million.

          The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2009 was 18.3 percent compared to 27.2 percent in Fiscal 2008. The decrease in effective rate is primarily due to the settlements of long-standing court cases and examinations in various jurisdictions for tax years 2003 through 2006, the reassessment of the corresponding unrecognized tax benefits for the subsequent open years and a favorable resolution of a foreign tax matter. Partially offsetting these effects, the Company’s Fiscal 2009 tax rate was unfavorably impacted by an increased expense from the repatriation of foreign earnings. Absent these items, the underlying tax rate for the Fiscal

15


Table of Contents


2009 has decreased from Fiscal 2008 by 1.2 points to 30.4 percent. The reinstatement of the U.S. Research and Experimentation credit, changes in current year unrecognized tax benefits, reduced statutory tax rates and the mix of earnings between foreign jurisdictions all contributed to the reduction in the underlying rate.

          Total backlog at July 31, 2009, was $528.0 million, down 33.7 percent from the same period in the prior year. Backlog is one of many indicators of business conditions in the Company’s markets. However, it is not always indicative of future results for a number of reasons, including short lead times in the Company’s replacement parts businesses and the timing of receipt of orders in many of the Company’s Engine OEM and Industrial markets. In the Engine Products segment, total open order backlog decreased 31.8 percent from the prior year. In the Industrial Products segment, total open order backlog decreased 36.8 percent from the prior year. Because some of the change in backlog can be attributed to a change in the ordering patterns of the Company’s Customers and/or the impact of foreign exchange translation rates, it may not necessarily correspond to future sales.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

          Engine Products Segment Sales for the Engine Products segment were $1.229 billion, an increase of 13.4 percent from $1.084 billion in the prior year, reflecting increases in the Off-Road and Aftermarket Products businesses, partially offset by decreased On-Road Products sales in the NAFTA region. The impact of foreign currency increased sales by $60.6 million, or 5.6 percent. Earnings before income taxes as a percentage of Engine Products segment sales of 12.9 percent decreased from 13.0 percent in the prior year. The Engine Products segment as a percent of sales was down slightly from last year due the impact of distribution inefficiencies and start-up costs related to the implementation of a new warehouse management system at our Rensselaer, Indiana distribution center, offset by stronger global volume across most business units.

          Worldwide sales of Off-Road Products were $448.7 million, an increase of 27.4 percent from $352.1 million in the prior year. Sales in the United States showed an increase of 27.1 percent, primarily driven by the impact of the acquisition of Aerospace Filtration Systems, Inc. in March of Fiscal 2007 and robust sales in the Company’s defense business due to the combination of replacement parts sales growth, new vehicle programs (including the Mine Resistant Ambush Protected armored vehicles) and retrofit programs for the Abrams Tank and military helicopters including the Black Hawk. In addition, strong sales in agriculture, mining and non-residential construction markets more than offset a decrease in residential construction markets. Internationally, sales of Off-Road Products were up 27.8 percent from the prior year, with sales increasing in both Europe and Asia by 24.4 percent and 36.3 percent, respectively, reflecting strength in the heavy construction market and increased demand for mining and agricultural equipment internationally.

          Worldwide sales of On-Road Products were $123.1 million, a decrease of 26.0 percent from $166.4 million in the prior year. On-Road Products sales in the United States decreased 43.3 percent from the prior year as a result of lower new truck build rates at the Company’s Customers following the implementation of the 2007 Environmental Protection Agency diesel emission regulations. International On-Road Products sales increased 14.9 percent from the prior year. On-Road Products sales in Europe benefited from stronger build rates resulting in a sales increase of 28.1 percent.

          Worldwide Engine Aftermarket Products sales of $657.3 million increased 16.2 percent from $565.8 million in the prior year. Sales in the United States increased 4.6 percent over the prior year. International sales increased 28.4 percent with sales increasing in Europe, Asia and Mexico by 25.3 percent, 23.5 percent and 77.0 percent, respectively. The large percentage increase in Mexico is partially a result of transferring some Customer relationships to the Company’s Mexican subsidiary from the United States to better serve the Customers. Geographic expansion and high equipment utilization rates contributed to the overall increases. In addition, sales continue to benefit from the increasing amount of equipment in the field with the Company’s PowerCore™ filtration systems. Sales of PowerCore™ replacement filters increased 58.9 percent over the prior year.

16


Table of Contents


          Industrial Products Segment Sales for the Industrial Products segment were $1,003.4 million, an increase of 20.2 percent from $834.6 million in the prior year, resulting from stronger sales in Industrial Filtration Solutions Products, Special Application Products and Gas Turbine Systems Products across all regions. The impact of foreign currency increased sales by $62.0 million, or 7.4 percent. Earnings before income taxes as a percentage of Industrial Products segment sales of 10.2 percent increased from 9.6 percent in the prior year. The improvement in earnings as a percent of sales over the prior year was driven by cost leverage across most business units due to strong global volumes offset slightly lower margins on a few large projects in both our Gas Turbine and Industrial Air Filtration business units.

          Worldwide sales of Industrial Filtration Solutions Products of $600.5 million increased 16.6 percent from $515.0 million in the prior year. Sales in the United States, Europe, Asia and South Africa increased 9.9 percent, 22.0 percent, 16.5 percent and 25.0 percent, respectively. U.S. sales included the impact of the acquisition of LMC West, Inc. in February of Fiscal 2008. Demand was strong worldwide but specifically in Europe, where manufacturing investment conditions were favorable throughout the fiscal year.

          Worldwide sales of Gas Turbine Products were $213.1 million, an increase of 34.9 percent from $158.0 million in the prior year. Growth globally has been strong in both the power generation and oil and gas markets. The Gas Turbine Products sales are typically large systems and, as a result, the Company’s shipments and revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

          Worldwide sales of Special Applications Products were $189.7 million, a 17.4 percent increase from $161.5 million in the prior year. Sales in the United States, Europe, and Asia increased 8.3 percent, 25.3 percent, and 17.8 percent, respectively, from the prior year as sales of disk drive filters and PTFE membranes remained strong.

          Consolidated Results The Company reported record net earnings for Fiscal 2008 of $172.0 million compared to $150.7 million in Fiscal 2007, an increase of 14.1 percent. Diluted net earnings per share was a record $2.12, up 15.8 percent from $1.83 in the prior year. The Company’s operating income of $245.8 million increased from prior year operating income of $211.1 million by 16.4 percent.

          The table below shows the percentage of total operating income contributed by each segment for each of the last three fiscal years. Corporate and Unallocated includes corporate expenses determined to be non-allocable to the segments and interest income and expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

Engine Products

 

61.1

%

 

62.9

%

 

67.7

%

 

Industrial Products

 

42.1

%

 

37.8

%

 

33.6

%

 

Corporate and Unallocated

 

(3.2

%)

 

(0.7

%)

 

(1.3

%)

 

Total Company

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

          International operating income, prior to corporate expense allocations, totaled 89.4 percent of consolidated operating income in Fiscal 2008 as compared to 77.7 percent in Fiscal 2007. Total international operating income increased 34.0 percent from the prior year. This increase is attributable to stronger foreign currencies, the favorable impact of new plants globally and overall strong business conditions. The table below shows the percentage of total operating income contributed by each major geographic region for each of the last three fiscal years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

United States

 

10.6

%

 

22.3

%

 

22.8

%

 

Europe

 

43.3

%

 

34.8

%

 

32.7

%

 

Asia

 

37.9

%

 

38.6

%

 

37.5

%

 

Other

 

8.2

%

 

4.3

%

 

7.0

%

Total Company

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

          Gross margin for Fiscal 2008 was 32.5 percent, an increase from 31.5 percent in the prior year. The primary drivers for the improved gross margin include higher production volumes, a favorable product mix, cost controls and productivity improvements. Partially offsetting the improvements was a charge of $5.0 million to pretax income related to the use of the Last-In, First-Out (LIFO) accounting method for its

17


Table of Contents


U.S. inventories, which charges increasing commodity costs to income immediately. Also partially offsetting the improvements in gross margin were higher than expected distribution costs associated with implementing the investments made to increase the Company’s distribution capabilities and higher purchased commodity costs. During the second quarter, the Company began utilizing a new warehouse management system at its main U.S. distribution center. The Company encountered start-up problems during the transition to the new system. There were incremental expenses related to refining the system which resulted in $7.6 million in unanticipated charges for the year. Gross margin in Fiscal 2007 was also negatively impacted by a higher mix of systems sales versus replacement part sales and higher than expected distribution costs in Europe from the integration of new distribution facilities while Customer demand ramped up beyond expectations. Plant rationalization and start-up costs for new facilities were $0.6 million in Fiscal 2008, down from $5.3 million in the prior year. Operating expenses for Fiscal 2008 were $480.1 million or 21.5 percent of sales, up from $393.8 million or 20.5 percent in the prior year. This increase was driven by the impact of foreign exchange as well as investments in research and development to support essential product development initiatives and the development of next generation technologies and products across many product lines. The Company also increased its investment in information technology to improve Customer support capabilities and enhance its internal system infrastructure capabilities.

          Interest expense of $16.6 million increased $2.0 million from $14.6 million in the prior year as a result of increased borrowing costs associated with the increases in working capital and the Aerospace Filtration Systems, Inc. acquisition in March of 2007. Net other income totaled $6.9 million in Fiscal 2008 compared to $8.3 million in the prior year. Components of other income for Fiscal 2008 were as follows: interest income of $1.5 million, earnings from non-consolidated joint ventures of $1.9 million, royalty income of $7.6 million, charitable donations of $0.9 million, foreign exchange losses of $3.1 million and other miscellaneous income and expense items resulting in expenses of $0.1 million.

          The effective income tax rate for Fiscal 2008 was 27.2 percent. The effective income tax rate for Fiscal 2007 was 26.4 percent. The Company’s Fiscal 2008 tax rate benefited from the effect of changes in foreign statutory tax rates on outstanding deferred tax positions and reduced state tax expense due to lower U.S. earnings. U.S. earnings were also a significantly lower percentage of total earnings, emphasizing the fact that the average tax rate continues to reflect the significant contribution from the Company’s international operations, the majority of which have statutory tax rates below those of the U.S. Offsetting these favorable effects, the Company’s Fiscal 2008 tax rate was also impacted by a reduced U.S. dividends received deduction, a reduced benefit from the repatriation of foreign earnings, the expiration of some foreign tax incentives, and the expiration of the U.S. Research and Experimentation credit.

          Total backlog at July 31, 2008, was $771.2 million, up 25.2 percent from the same period in the prior year. Backlog is one of many indicators of business conditions in the Company’s markets. However, it is not always indicative of future results for a number of reasons, including short lead times in the Company’s replacement parts businesses and the timing of receipt of orders in many of the Company’s Engine OEM and Industrial markets. In the Engine Products segment, total open order backlog increased 24.9 percent from the prior year. In the Industrial Products segment, total open order backlog increased 25.6 percent from the prior year. Because some of the change in backlog can be attributed to a change in the ordering patterns of the Company’s Customers and/or the impact of foreign exchange translation rates, it may not necessarily correspond to higher future sales.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Financial Condition At July 31, 2009, the Company’s capital structure was comprised of $35.1 million of current debt, $253.7 million of long-term debt and $688.6 million of shareholders’ equity. The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $143.7 million at July 31, 2009. The ratio of long-term debt to total capital was 26.9 percent and 19.3 percent at July 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

          Total debt outstanding decreased $32.8 million during the year to $288.7 million outstanding at July 31, 2009. Short-term borrowings outstanding at the end of the year were $109.8 million lower as compared to the prior year, and long-term debt increased $77.0 million (including current maturities) from the prior year.

18


Table of Contents


          The increase in long-term debt was comprised of a new note agreement. On November 14, 2008, the Company issued an $80 million senior unsecured note, due on November 14, 2013. The debt was issued at face value and bears interest payable semi-annually at a rate of 6.59 percent. The proceeds from the note were used to refinance existing debt and for general corporate purposes.

          The following table summarizes the Company’s cash obligations as of July 31, 2009, for the years indicated (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 3
years

 

3 – 5
years

 

More than
5 years

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

$

257,879

 

$

4,982

 

$

47,678

 

$

97,434

 

$

107,785

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

1,291

 

 

514

 

 

718

 

 

59

 

 

 

Interest on long-term debt obligations

 

 

79,030

 

 

13,484

 

 

25,344

 

 

19,952

 

 

20,250

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

21,290

 

 

8,422

 

 

8,924

 

 

3,750

 

 

194

 

Purchase obligations(1)

 

 

125,599

 

 

106,621

 

 

18,500

 

 

478

 

 

 

Pension and deferred compensation(2)

 

 

78,643

 

 

6,416

 

 

10,100

 

 

9,725

 

 

52,402

Total(3)

 

$

563,732

 

$

140,439

 

$

111,264

 

$

131,398

 

$

180,631

 

 

 

 

(1)

Purchase obligations consist primarily of inventory, tooling, contract employment services and capital expenditures. The Company’s purchase orders for inventory are based on expected Customer demand, and quantities and dollar volumes are subject to change.

 

 

(2)

Pension and deferred compensation consists of long-term pension liabilities and salary and bonus deferrals elected by certain executives under the Company’s deferred compensation plan. Deferred compensation balances earn interest based on a treasury bond rate as defined by the plan and are payable at the election of the participants.

 

 

(3)

In addition to the above contractual obligations, the Company may be obligated for additional cash outflows of $16.9 million of potential tax obligations. The payment and timing of any such payments is affected by the ultimate resolution of the tax years that are under audit or remain subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities, and are therefore not currently capable of estimation by period.

          As a result of its past contribution practices, the Company does not have a minimum required contribution under the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation requirements for its U.S. pension plans for Fiscal 2010. As such, there is no current intention to make a U.S. pension contribution in Fiscal 2010. For its non-U.S. pension plans, the Company estimates that it will contribute approximately $5 million in Fiscal 2010 based upon the local government prescribed funding requirements. Future estimates of the Company’s pension plan contributions may change significantly depending on the actual rate of return on plan assets, discount rates and regulatory requirements.

          The Company has a five-year, multi-currency revolving facility with a group of banks under which the Company may borrow up to $250 million. This facility matures on April 2, 2013. The agreement provides that loans may be made under a selection of currencies and rate formulas including Base Rate Advances or Off Shore Rate Advances. The interest rate on each advance is based on certain market interest rates and leverage ratios. Facility fees and other fees on the entire loan commitment are payable over the duration of this facility. There was $20.0 million outstanding at July 31, 2009, and $70.0 million outstanding at July 31, 2008. The amount available for further borrowing reflects a reduction for issued standby letters of credit, as discussed below. At July 31, 2009 and 2008, $210.0 million and $161.5 million, respectively, was available for further borrowing under such facilities. The weighted average interest rate on these short-term borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2009 and 2008, was 0.56 percent and 2.73 percent, respectively.

               The Company also has three uncommitted credit facilities in the United States, which provide unsecured borrowings for general corporate purposes. At July 31, 2009 and 2008, there was $70.0 million available for use. There was $9.6 million and $28.0 million outstanding under these facilities at July 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on these short-term borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2009 and 2008, was 0.53 percent and 2.79 percent, respectively.

          The Company also has a €100 million program for issuing treasury notes for raising short, medium and long-term financing for its European operations. There were no amounts outstanding on this program at

19


Table of Contents


July 31, 2009 and 2008. Additionally, the Company’s European operations have lines of credit with an available limit of €72.9 million. There were no amounts outstanding on these lines of credit as of July 31, 2009. As of July 31, 2008, there was €23.5 million, or $36.9 million outstanding. The weighted average interest rate of these short-term borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2008, was 5.60 percent.

          Other international subsidiaries may borrow under various credit facilities. There were no amounts outstanding under these credit facilities as of July 31, 2009. As of July 31, 2008, borrowings under these facilities were $4.5 million. The weighted average interest rate on these international borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2008, was 2.88 percent.

          During the first quarter of Fiscal 2009, the global credit market began to experience a significant tightening of credit availability and interest rate volatility. This crisis resulted in reduced funding available for commercial banks and corporate debt issuers. As a result, capital market financing became more expensive and less available. The Company has assessed the implications of these factors on its current business and believes that its current financial resources are sufficient to continue financing its operations. There can be no assurance, however, that the cost or availability of future borrowings will not be impacted by ongoing capital market disruptions.

          The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of its fixed-rate debt resulting from interest rate fluctuations. To hedge this exposure the Company entered into two fixed-to-variable interest rate swaps on August 3, 2009, subsequent to year end, for $80 million and $25 million, respectively, for approximately 5 and 8 years, respectively. These interest rate swaps will be accounted for as fair value hedges. Changes in the payment of interest resulting from the interest rate swaps will be recorded as an offset to interest expense.

          Certain note agreements contain debt covenants related to working capital levels and limitations on indebtedness. As of July 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The Company currently expects to remain in compliance with these covenants.

          Also, at July 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit totaling $20.0 million and $18.5 million, respectively, upon which no amounts had been drawn. The letters of credit guarantee payment to third parties in the event the Company is in breach of a specified bond financing agreement and insurance contract terms as detailed in each letter of credit.

          Shareholders’ equity decreased $51.4 million in Fiscal 2009 to $688.6 million at July 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to changes to foreign currency translation of $63.4 million, $58.6 million (net of tax) of adjustments related to the pension liability, $32.8 million of treasury stock repurchases and $35.5 million of dividend declarations. These decreases were partially offset by current year earnings of $131.9 million.

          Cash Flows During Fiscal 2009, $276.9 million of cash was generated from operating activities, compared with $173.5 million in Fiscal 2008 and $117.0 million in Fiscal 2007. Operating cash flows in Fiscal 2009 increased by $103.4 million from the prior year. Operating cash flows were positively impacted by the decreased level of sales as a result of the worldwide recession and the Company’s cash flow improvement initiatives. This led to a decrease in accounts receivable and inventory levels of $146.8 million and $115.5 million, respectively, and corresponding increase operating cash flows. These positive impacts were partially offset by the negative impacts of decreases in accounts payable and accrued compensation of $82.3 million and $22.9 million, respectively, which reduced operating cash flows. In addition to cash generated from operating activities, the Company increased its outstanding net long-term debt by $72.7 million. Cash flow generated by operations, $3.9 million of proceeds from the sale of the Maryville, TN air dryer business and $80.0 million of additional long-term debt were used primarily to support $45.6 million of net capital expenditures, the acquisition of Western Filter Corporation for $78.5 million, $32.8 million for stock repurchases, $35.2 million for dividend payments and repayment of $103.7 million of short-term debt. Cash and cash equivalents increased $60.3 million during Fiscal 2009.

          Net capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $45.6 million in Fiscal 2009, $70.8 million in Fiscal 2008 and $76.6 million in Fiscal 2007. Net capital expenditures is comprised of purchases of property, plant, and equipment of $46.1 million, $72.1 million, and $77.4 million in Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of property, plant, and equipment of

20


Table of Contents


$0.5 million, $1.3 million, and $0.8 million in Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Fiscal 2009 capital expenditures primarily related to new plant capacity additions and productivity enhancing investments at various plants worldwide.

          Capital spending in Fiscal 2010 is planned at $30.0 million to $40.0 million. It is anticipated that Fiscal 2010 capital expenditures will be financed primarily by cash on hand, cash generated from operations and existing lines of credit.

          The Company expects that cash generated by operating activities will exceed $150 million in Fiscal 2010. At July 31, 2009, the Company had cash of $143.7 million, which primarily exists at subsidiaries outside of the United States. The Company also had $270.4 million available under existing credit facilities in the United States, €172.9 million, or $245.3 million, available under existing credit facilities in Europe and $41.4 million available under various credit facilities and currencies in Asia and the rest of the world. The Company believes that the combination of existing cash, available credit under existing credit facilities and the expected cash generated by operating activities will be adequate to meet cash requirements for Fiscal 2010, including debt repayment, issuance of anticipated dividends, possible share repurchase activity and capital expenditures.

          Dividends The Company’s dividend policy is to maintain a payout ratio, which allows dividends to increase with the long-term growth of earnings per share. The Company’s dividend payout ratio target is 20 percent to 30 percent of the average earnings per share of the last three years.

          Share Repurchase Plan In Fiscal 2009, the Company repurchased 0.8 million shares of common stock for $32.8 million under the share repurchase plan authorized in March 2006 at an average price of $40.86 per share. The Company repurchased 2.2 million shares for $92.2 million in Fiscal 2008. The Company repurchased 2.2 million shares for $76.9 million in Fiscal 2007. As of July 31, 2009, the Company had remaining authorization to repurchase 0.9 million shares under this plan.

          Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, with the exception of the guarantee of 50 percent of certain debt of its joint venture, Advanced Filtration Systems, Inc. as further discussed in Note K of the Company’s Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. As of July 31, 2009, the joint venture had $27.7 million of outstanding debt. The Company does not believe that this guarantee will have a current or future effect on its financial condition, results of operation, liquidity or capital resources.

          New Accounting Standards In May 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FAS No. 165, Subsequent Events (FAS 165), which establishes general standards of accounting and disclosure for events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued. This new standard was effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

          In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , (FSP No. FAS-107-1 and APB-28-1), which amends FAS 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting , to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim periods. This FSP will be effective for the Company for the quarter ended October 31, 2009, and will expand the Company’s disclosures regarding the use of fair value in interim periods.

          In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (FSP No. FAS 132(R)), which provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This FSP is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FSP No. FAS 132(R) on our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan note disclosures.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (SFAS 158). The portion of the statement that requires recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement of financial position was adopted in

21


Table of Contents


Fiscal 2007 with minimal impact. SFAS 158 also requires measurement of the funded status of a plan as of the date of the statement of financial position. That provision required the Company to change its measurement date from April 30 to July 31 in Fiscal 2009. The adoption of the measurement date provision resulted in an after-tax decrease to Retained earnings of $0.9 million, a decrease to Other assets of $0.5 million increase to Other long-term liabilities of $0.8 million and an increase to Deferred income taxes of $0.5 million.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157). This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies whenever another standard requires (or permits) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value, except for the measurement of share-based payments. SFAS 157 does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances, and was effective for the majority of the Company’s assets and liabilities for its Fiscal 2009 year beginning August 1, 2008. The adoption of this portion of SFAS 157 in Fiscal 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (FSP FAS 157-2). FSP FAS 157-2 delays by one year the effective date of SFAS 157 for certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the FSP FAS 157-2 will have on the determination of fair value related to non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities in Fiscal 2010. The adoption of FSP FAS 157-2 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

          In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and was effective for the Company with its 2009 fiscal year, beginning August 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

          In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)), which changes the accounting for business combinations and their effects on the financial statements. SFAS 141(R) will be effective for the Company at the beginning of Fiscal 2010. In February 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 141(R)-a, Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies (FSP FAS 141(R)-a), which will amend certain provisions of SFAS 141(R). The adoptions of SFAS 141(R) and FSP FAS 141(R)-a are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161). SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities, including (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 161 effective February 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 161 only requires additional disclosures about the Company’s derivatives and thus did not affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Market Risk

          The Company’s market risk includes the potential loss arising from adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company manages foreign currency market risk from time to time through the use of a variety of financial and derivative instruments. The Company does not enter into any of these instruments for trading purposes to generate revenue. Rather, the Company’s objective in managing these risks is to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company uses forward exchange contracts and other hedging activities to hedge the U.S. dollar value resulting from existing recognized foreign currency denominated asset and liability balances and also for anticipated foreign currency transactions. The Company also naturally hedges foreign

22


Table of Contents


currency through its production in the countries in which it sells its products. The Company’s market risk on interest rates is the potential decrease in fair value of long-term debt resulting from a potential increase in interest rates. See further discussion of these market risks below.

          Foreign Currency During Fiscal 2009, the U.S. dollar was strong throughout the year compared to many of the currencies of the foreign countries in which the Company operates. The overall strength of the dollar had a negative impact on the Company’s international net sales results because the foreign denominated revenues translated into fewer U.S. dollars.

          It is not possible to determine the true impact of foreign currency translation changes. However, the direct effect on reported net sales and net earnings can be estimated. For the year ended July 31, 2009, the impact of foreign currency translation resulted in an overall decrease in reported net sales of $76.8 million, a decrease in operating expenses of $24.5 million and a decrease in reported net earnings of $3.8 million. Foreign currency translation had a negative impact in most regions around the world. In Europe, the stronger U.S. dollar relative to the euro and British pound sterling resulted in a decrease of $66.2 million in reported net sales and an insignificant decrease in reported net earnings. The stronger U.S. dollar relative to the Australian dollar, Korean won, Mexican peso and South African rand had a negative impact on foreign currency translation with a decrease in reported net sales of $10.7 million, $6.1 million, $12.3 million and $8.4 million, respectively, and a decrease in reported net earnings of $0.6 million, $0.6 million, $2.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Foreign currency losses were partially offset by gains relative to the Japanese yen and Chinese renminbi of $13.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively, in reported net sales and $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, in reported net earnings.

          The Company maintains significant assets and operations in Europe, Asia-Pacific, South Africa and Mexico, resulting in exposure to foreign currency gains and losses. A portion of the Company’s foreign currency exposure is naturally hedged by incurring liabilities, including bank debt, denominated in the local currency in which the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are located.

          The foreign subsidiaries of the Company generally purchase the majority of their input costs and then sell to many of their Customers in the same local currency.

          The Company may be exposed to cost increases relative to local currencies in the markets to which it sells. To mitigate such adverse trends, the Company, from time to time, enters into forward exchange contracts and other hedging activities. Additionally, foreign currency positions are partially offsetting and are netted against one another to reduce exposure.

          Some products made in the United States are sold abroad. As a result, sales of such products are affected by the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies. Any long-term strengthening of the U.S. dollar could depress these sales. Also, competitive conditions in the Company’s markets may limit its ability to increase product pricing in the face of adverse currency movements.

          Interest The Company’s exposure to market risks for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its short-term investments, short-term borrowings and interest rate swap agreements as well as the potential increase in fair value of long-term debt resulting from a potential decrease in interest rates. The Company has no earnings or cash flow exposure due to market risks on its long-term debt obligations as a result of the fixed-rate nature of the debt. However, interest rate changes would affect the fair market value of the debt. As of July 31, 2009, the estimated fair value of long-term debt with fixed interest rates was $253.1 million compared to its carrying value of $250.1 million. The fair value is estimated by discounting the projected cash flows using the rate that similar amounts of debt could currently be borrowed. As of July 31, 2009, the Company’s financial liabilities with exposure to changes in interest rates consisted mainly of $29.6 million of short-term debt outstanding. Assuming a hypothetical increase of one-half percent in short-term interest rates, with all other variables remaining constant, interest expense would have increased $0.6 million in Fiscal 2009.

          Pensions The Company is exposed to market return fluctuations on its qualified defined benefit pension plans. During Fiscal 2009, the market value of these assets declined in conjunction with the global economic downturn. This decline in market value is the principle reason that pension expense is expected to increase by $1.1 million in Fiscal 2010. At July 31, 2009, the Company’s annual measurement date for its

23


Table of Contents


pension plans, the plans were under funded by $40.7 million since the projected benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of plan assets.

Critical Accounting Policies

          The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Management bases these estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the recorded values of certain assets and liabilities. The Company believes its use of estimates and underlying accounting assumptions adheres to generally accepted accounting principles and is consistently applied. Valuations based on estimates and underlying accounting assumptions are reviewed for reasonableness on a consistent basis throughout the Company. Management believes the Company’s critical accounting policies that require more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and that are the most important to aid in fully understanding its financial results are the following:

          Revenue recognition and allowance for doubtful accounts Revenue is recognized when both product ownership and the risk of loss have transferred to the Customer and the Company has no remaining obligations. The Company records estimated discounts and rebates as a reduction of sales in the same period revenue is recognized. Allowances for doubtful accounts are estimated by management based on evaluation of potential losses related to Customer receivable balances. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience in the industry, regional economic data and evaluation of specific Customer accounts for risk of loss. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. All other balances are reviewed on a pooled basis by type of receivable. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company feels it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its Customers. The establishment of this reserve requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding the potential for losses on receivable balances. Though management considers these balances adequate and proper, changes in economic conditions in specific markets in which the Company operates could have an effect on reserve balances required.

          Goodwill and other intangible assets Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company performs impairment assessments for its reporting units and uses a discounted cash flow model based on management’s judgments and assumptions to determine the estimated fair value. An impairment loss generally would be recognized when the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The Company performed an impairment assessment during the third quarter of Fiscal 2009 to satisfy its annual impairment requirement. The impairment assessment in the third quarter indicated that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its corresponding carrying amount, including recorded goodwill and, as such, no impairment existed at that time. Other intangible assets with definite lives continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Definite lived intangible assets are also subject to impairment assessments. A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing the impairment assessments, principally in determining the fair value of each reporting unit. While the Company believes its judgments and assumptions are reasonable, different assumptions could change the estimated fair values and, therefore, impairment charges could be required.

          Income taxes As part of the process of preparing the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This process involves estimating actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and book accounting purposes. These

24


Table of Contents


differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. These assets and liabilities are evaluated by using estimates of future taxable income streams and the impact of tax planning strategies. Management assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent management believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. To the extent that a valuation allowance is established or increased, an expense within the tax provision is included in the statement of operations. Reserves are also estimated for uncertain tax positions that are currently unresolved. The Company routinely monitors the potential impact of such situations and believes that it is properly reserved. Valuations related to tax accruals and assets can be impacted by changes to tax codes, changes in statutory tax rates and the Company’s future taxable income levels.

          The Company’s accounting for income taxes in Fiscal 2008 was affected by the adoption of FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which the Company was required to adopt on August 1, 2007. This pronouncement prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. As such, the standard required the Company to reassess all of the Company’s uncertain tax return positions in accordance with this new accounting principle. As of July 31, 2009, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $16.9 million.

          Employee Benefit Plans The Company incurs expenses relating to employee benefits such as non-contributory defined benefit pension plans and postretirement health care benefits. In accounting for these employment costs, management must make a variety of assumptions and estimates including mortality rates, discount rates, overall Company compensation increases, expected return on plan assets and health care cost trend rates. The Company considers historical data as well as current facts and circumstances and uses a third-party specialist to assist management in determining these estimates.

          To develop the assumption regarding the expected long-term rate of return on assets for its U.S. pension plans, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in the selection of the 8.50 percent long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the Company’s U.S. pension plans. The expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the plans outside the U.S. reflects the investment allocation and expected total portfolio returns specific to each plan and country. The expected long-term rate of return on assets shown in the pension benefit disclosure for non-U.S. plans is an asset-based weighted average of all non-U.S. plans.

          Reflecting the relatively long-term nature of the plans’ obligations, approximately 45 percent of the plans assets are invested in equity securities, 30 percent in alternative investments (funds of hedge funds), 10 percent in real assets (investments into funds containing commodities and real estate), 10 percent in fixed income and 5 percent in private equity. Within equity securities, the Company targets an allocation of 15 percent international, 15 percent equity long / short, 10 percent small cap, and 5 percent large cap.

          A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would have changed the Fiscal 2009 annual pension expense by approximately $3.6 million. The expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the plans outside the U.S. follows the same methodology as described above but reflects the investment allocation and expected total portfolio returns specific to each plan and country.

          The Company’s objective in selecting a discount rate for its pension plans is to select the best estimate of the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled on the measurement date taking into account the nature and duration of the benefit obligations of the plan. In making this best estimate, the Company looks at rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the period to maturity of the benefits. This process includes assessing the universe of bonds available on the measurement date with a quality rating of Aa or better. Similar appropriate benchmarks are used to determine the discount rate for the non-U.S. plans. As of the measurement date of July 31, 2009, the Company elected to maintain the 6.00 percent discount rate elected as of July 31, 2009, for the U.S. pension plans. This is consistent with published bond indices. A 0.25 percent change in the discount rate would have changed the benefit obligation related to the U.S. plans by approximately $6.5 million at July 31, 2009, and changed Fiscal 2009 annual pension expense by approximately $0.3 million.

25


Table of Contents


F orward-Looking Statements

          The Company, through its management, may make forward-looking statements reflecting the Company’s current views with respect to future events and financial performance. These forward-looking statements, which may be included in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), in press releases and in other documents and materials as well as in written or oral statements made by or on behalf of the Company, are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in Item 1A of this Form 10-K, which could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those anticipated. The words or phrases “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “forecast” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21e of the Exchange Act and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as enacted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PSLRA”). In particular the Company desires to take advantage of the protections of the PSLRA in connection with the forward-looking statements made in this annual report on Form 10-K.

          Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date such statements are made. In addition, the Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed in Item 1A of this Form 10-K, as well as other factors, could affect the Company’s performance and could cause the Company’s actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

I tem 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

          Market risk disclosure appears in Management’s Discussion and Analysis on page 22 under “Market Risk.”

26


Table of Contents


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

          Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of July 31, 2009. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2009, as stated in this report which follows in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

 

-S- WILLIAM M.COOK

-S- THOMAS R. VERHAGE

 

 

William M. Cook
Chief Executive Officer
September 25, 2009

Thomas R. VerHage
Chief Financial Officer
September 25, 2009

27


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Donaldson Company, Inc.

          In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Donaldson Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries at July 31, 2009 and July 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

          As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for defined benefit arrangements effective July 31, 2007. Also, as discussed in Note I to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for unrecognized income tax positions effective August 1, 2007.

          A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

          Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

-S- PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
September 25, 2009

28


Table of Contents


Consolidated Statements of Earnings
Donaldson Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended July 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars, except share
and per share amounts)

 

Net sales

 

$

1,868,629

 

$

2,232,521

 

$

1,918,828

 

Cost of sales

 

 

1,278,923

 

 

1,506,659

 

 

1,313,964

 

Gross margin

 

 

589,706

 

 

725,862

 

 

604,864

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

379,108

 

 

436,293

 

 

357,306

 

Research and development

 

 

40,643

 

 

43,757

 

 

36,458

 

Operating income

 

 

169,955

 

 

245,812

 

 

211,100

 

Interest expense

 

 

17,018

 

 

16,550

 

 

14,559

 

Other income, net

 

 

(8,488

)

 

(6,901

)

 

(8,320

)

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

161,425

 

 

236,163

 

 

204,861

 

Income taxes

 

 

29,518

 

 

64,210

 

 

54,144

 

Net earnings

 

$

131,907

 

$

171,953

 

$

150,717

 

Weighted average shares — basic

 

 

77,879,036

 

 

79,207,604

 

 

80,454,861

 

Weighted average shares — diluted

 

 

79,172,042

 

 

81,211,343

 

 

82,435,756

 

Net earnings per share — basic

 

$

1.69

 

$

2.17

 

$

1.87

 

Net earnings per share — diluted

 

$

1.67

 

$

2.12

 

$

1.83

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

29


Table of Contents


Consolidated Balance Sheets
Donaldson Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At July 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars,
except share amounts)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

143,687

 

$

83,357

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $7,387 and $7,509

 

 

280,187

 

 

413,863

 

Inventories

 

 

180,238

 

 

264,129

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

21,501

 

 

32,061

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

51,154

 

 

60,347

 

Total current assets

 

 

676,767

 

 

853,757

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

381,068

 

 

415,159

 

Goodwill

 

 

169,027

 

 

134,162

 

Intangible assets

 

 

65,386

 

 

46,317

 

Other assets

 

 

41,748

 

 

99,227

 

Total assets

 

$

1,333,996

 

$

1,548,622

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

29,558

 

$

139,404

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

5,496

 

 

5,669

 

Trade accounts payable

 

 

123,063

 

 

200,967

 

Accrued employee compensation and related taxes

 

 

54,662

 

 

66,155

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

39,624

 

 

56,296

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

47,681

 

 

48,216

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

300,084

 

 

516,707

 

Long-term debt

 

 

253,674

 

 

176,475

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

9,416

 

 

35,738

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

82,204

 

 

79,667

 

Total liabilities

 

 

645,378

 

 

808,587

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note K)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $5.00 par value, 120,000,000 shares authorized, 88,643,194 shares issued in 2009 and 2008

 

 

443,216

 

 

443,216

 

Retained earnings

 

 

615,817

 

 

522,476

 

Stock compensation plans

 

 

19,894

 

 

27,065

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(9,677

)

 

112,883

 

Treasury stock-11,295,409 and 11,021,619 shares in 2009 and 2008, at cost

 

 

(380,632

)

 

(365,605

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

688,618

 

 

740,035

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

1,333,996

 

$

1,548,622

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

30


Table of Contents


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Donaldson Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended July 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

131,907

 

$

171,953

 

$

150,717

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

58,597

 

 

56,732

 

 

49,566

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates, net of distributions

 

 

(982

)

 

(1,558

)

 

(691

)

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(4,726

)

 

(1,205

)

 

(4,401

)

Tax benefit of equity plans

 

 

(2,663

)

 

(9,178

)

 

(5,898

)

Stock compensation plan expense

 

 

1,900

 

 

9,312

 

 

6,608

 

Other, net

 

 

(7

)

 

(2,528

)

 

(16,626

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired businesses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

116,983

 

 

(29,779

)

 

(31,418

)

Inventories

 

 

66,145

 

 

(49,400

)

 

(36,469

)

Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

(11,489

)

 

(4,755

)

 

658

 

Trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 

 

(78,738

)

 

33,940

 

 

4,999

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

276,927

 

 

173,534

 

 

117,045

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(46,080

)

 

(72,152

)

 

(77,440

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment

 

 

511

 

 

1,330

 

 

857

 

Acquisitions, investments, and divestitures of affiliates

 

 

(74,318

)

 

(2,377

)

 

(40,615

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(119,887

)

 

(73,199

)

 

(117,198

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

80,471

 

 

50,297

 

 

64,903

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

(7,745

)

 

(33,074

)

 

(9,507

)

Change in short-term borrowings

 

 

(103,695

)

 

12,478

 

 

44,904

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

(32,773

)

 

(92,202

)

 

(76,898

)

Dividends paid

 

 

(35,166

)

 

(33,003

)

 

(28,806

)

Tax benefit of equity plans

 

 

2,663

 

 

9,178

 

 

5,898

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

4,476

 

 

9,308

 

 

7,346

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(91,769

)

 

(77,018

)

 

7,840

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

(4,941

)

 

4,803

 

 

2,083

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

60,330

 

 

28,120

 

 

9,770

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

83,357

 

 

55,237

 

 

45,467

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

143,687

 

$

83,357

 

$

55,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

$

41,196

 

$

50,629

 

$

59,179

 

Interest

 

 

14,861

 

 

14,589

 

 

12,630

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

31


Table of Contents


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Donaldson Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Stock
Compensation
Plans

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)

 

Balance July 31, 2006

 

$

443,216

 

$

 

$

275,598

 

$

20,535

 

$

51,194

 

$

(243,741

)

$

546,802

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,717

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,615

 

 

 

 

 

28,615

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

 

 

312

 

Net loss on cash flow hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

179,762

 

Treasury stock acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(76,898

)

 

(76,898

)

Stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

(7,700

)

 

(9,499

)

 

1,513

 

 

 

 

 

19,133

 

 

3,447

 

Deferred stock and other activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,273

)

 

541

 

 

 

 

 

3,276

 

 

1,544

 

Performance awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,163

)

 

(1,768

)

 

 

 

 

1,626

 

 

(1,305

)

Stock option expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,422

 

Tax reduction — employee plans

 

 

 

 

 

7,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,700

 

Adjustment to adopt SFAS 158, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,231

)

 

 

 

 

(10,231

)

Dividends ($.370 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29,545

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29,545

)

Balance July 31, 2007

 

 

443,216

 

 

 

 

387,257

 

 

20,821

 

 

70,008

 

 

(296,604

)

 

624,698

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

171,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

171,953

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,151

 

 

 

 

 

57,151

 

Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,671

)

 

 

 

 

(14,671

)

Net gain on cash flow hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

 

 

395

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

214,828

 

Treasury stock acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(92,202

)

 

(92,202

)

Stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

(7,827

)

 

(9,810

)

 

4,223

 

 

 

 

 

20,883

 

 

7,469

 

Deferred stock and other activity

 

 

 

 

 

(2,981

)

 

2,564

 

 

3,474

 

 

 

 

 

1,363

 

 

4,420

 

Performance awards

 

 

 

 

 

(675

)

 

279

 

 

(1,453

)

 

 

 

 

955

 

 

(894

)

Stock option expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,214

 

Tax reduction — employee plans

 

 

 

 

 

11,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,483

 

Adjustment to adopt FIN 48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(336

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(336

)

Dividends ($.430 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,645

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,645

)

Balance July 31, 2008

 

 

443,216

 

 

 

 

522,476

 

 

27,065

 

 

112,883

 

 

(365,605

)

 

740,035

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,907

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(63,385

)

 

 

 

 

(63,385

)

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58,593

)

 

 

 

 

(58,593

)

Net gain on cash flow hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(582

)

 

 

 

 

(582

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,347

 

Treasury stock acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(32,773

)

 

(32,773

)

Stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

(2,998

)

 

(6,151

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,104

 

 

2,955

 

Deferred stock and other activity

 

 

 

 

 

(529

)

 

(88

)

 

(4,344

)

 

 

 

 

3,710

 

 

(1,251

)

Performance awards

 

 

 

 

 

(266

)

 

(60

)

 

(2,827

)

 

 

 

 

1,932

 

 

(1,221

)

Stock option expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,143

 

Tax reduction — employee plans

 

 

 

 

 

3,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,793

 

Adjustment to adopt FAS 158 measurement date provision, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(887

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(887

)

Dividends ($.460 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,523

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,523

)

Balance July 31, 2009

 

$

443,216

 

$

 

$

615,817

 

$

19,894

 

$

(9,677

)

$

(380,632

)

$

688,618

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

32


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Donaldson Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTE A
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          Description of Business Donaldson Company, Inc. (“Donaldson” or the “Company”), is a leading worldwide provider of filtration systems and replacement parts. The Company’s product mix includes air and liquid filtration systems and exhaust and emission control products. Products are manufactured at 40 plants around the world and through three joint ventures. Products are sold to original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”), distributors and dealers, and directly to end users.

          Principles of Consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Donaldson Company, Inc. and all majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company’s three joint ventures that are not majority-owned are accounted for under the equity method. The Company does not have any variable interests in variable interest entities as of July 31, 2009. The company uses a fiscal period which ends on a calendar basis for international affiliates and on the Friday nearest to July 31 for U.S. purposes. Fiscal 2007 results included 53 weeks of U.S. sales and earnings.

          Use of Estimates The preparation of Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

          Foreign Currency Translation For foreign operations, local currencies are considered the functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, and the resulting gains and losses arising from the translation of net assets located outside the United States are recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment, a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Elements of the Consolidated Statements of Earnings are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the year. Realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in Other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Foreign currency transaction losses of $0.2 million, $3.1 million and $0.2 million are included in other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in Fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

          Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid temporary investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost that approximates market value.

          Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience in the industry, regional economic data and evaluation of specific Customer accounts for risk of loss. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. All other balances are reviewed on a pooled basis by type of receivable. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company feels it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its Customers.

          Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. U.S. inventories are valued using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method, while the international subsidiaries use the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventories valued at LIFO were approximately 33 and 35 percent of total inventories at July 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. For inventories valued under the LIFO method, the FIFO cost exceeded the LIFO carrying values by $34.0 million and $37.7 million at July 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Results of

33


Table of Contents


operations for all periods presented were not materially affected by the liquidation of LIFO inventory. The components of inventory are as follows (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 31,
2009

 

July 31,
2008

 

Materials

 

$

71,518

 

$

110,135

 

Work in process

 

 

20,022

 

 

23,728

 

Finished products

 

 

88,698

 

 

130,266

 

Total inventories

 

$

180,238

 

$

264,129

          Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions, improvements or major renewals are capitalized, while expenditures that do not enhance or extend the asset’s useful life are charged to operating expense as incurred. Depreciation is computed under the straight-line method. Depreciation expense was $52.9 million in Fiscal 2009, $52.4 million in Fiscal 2008, and $46.6 million in Fiscal 2007. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are 10 to 40 years for buildings, including building improvements, and 3 to 10 years for machinery and equipment. The components of property, plant and equipment are as follows (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 31,
2009

 

July 31,
2008

 

Land

 

$

21,793

 

$

21,561

 

Buildings

 

 

242,049

 

 

235,615

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

600,198

 

 

586,937

 

Construction in progress

 

 

18,507

 

57,633

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(501,479

)

 

(486,587

)

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

381,068

$

415,159

          Internal-Use Software The Company capitalizes direct costs of materials and services used in the development and purchase of internal-use software. Amounts capitalized are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of five years and are reported as a component of machinery and equipment within property, plant and equipment.

          Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. Other intangible assets, consisting primarily of patents, trademarks and Customer relationships and lists, are recorded at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 3 to 20 years. Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually or if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. The impairment assessment for goodwill is done at a reporting unit level. Reporting units are one level below the business segment level, but can be combined when reporting units within the same segment have similar economic characteristics. An impairment loss generally would be recognized when the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The Company completed its annual impairment assessment in the third quarters of Fiscal 2009 and 2008, which indicated no impairment.

          Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including identifiable intangibles, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If impairment indicators are present and the estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the carrying value is reduced.

          Income Taxes The provision for income taxes is computed based on the pretax income included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributed to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.

34


Table of Contents


          Comprehensive Income (Loss) Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, net changes in the funded status of pension retirement obligations and net gain or loss on cash flow hedging derivatives, and is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity. The components of the ending balances of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 31,
2009

 

July 31,
2008

 

July 31,
2007

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

$

75,155

 

$

138,540

 

$

81,389

 

Net gain (loss) on cash flow hedging derivatives, net of deferred taxes

 

 

(394

)

 

188

 

 

(207

)

Pension liability adjustment, net of deferred taxes

 

 

(84,438

)

 

(25,845

)

 

(11,174

)

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(9,677

)

$

112,883

 

$

70,008

 

          Cumulative foreign translation is not adjusted for income taxes. All translation relates to permanent investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.

          Earnings Per Share The Company’s basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares. The Company’s diluted net earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares and dilutive shares relating to stock options, restricted stock and stock incentive plans. Certain outstanding options were excluded from the diluted net earnings per share calculations because their exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock during those periods. There were 1,158,451 options, 245,344 options, and 10,000 options excluded from the diluted net earnings per share calculation for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The following table presents information necessary to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars,
except per share amounts)

 

Weighted average shares — basic

 

 

77,879

 

 

79,208

 

 

80,455

 

Dilutive shares

 

 

1,293

 

 

2,003

 

 

1,981

 

Weighted average shares — diluted

 

 

79,172

 

 

81,211

 

 

82,436

 

Net earnings for basic and diluted earnings per share computation

 

$

131,907

 

$

171,953

 

$

150,717

 

Net earnings per share — basic

 

$

1.69

 

$

2.17

 

$

1.87

 

Net earnings per share — diluted

 

$

1.67

 

$

2.12

 

$

1.83

 

          Treasury Stock Repurchased common stock is stated at cost and is presented as a separate reduction of shareholders’ equity.

          Research and Development Research and development costs are charged against earnings in the year incurred. Research and development expenses include basic scientific research and the application of scientific advances to the development of new and improved products and their uses.

          Stock-Based Compensation The Company offers stock-based employee compensation plans, which are more fully described in Note H. Stock-based employee compensation cost is recognized using the fair-value based method for all new awards granted after August 1, 2005. Compensation costs for unvested stock options and awards that were outstanding at August 1, 2005, are recognized over the requisite service period based on the grant-date fair value of those options and awards as previously calculated under the pro-forma disclosures.

          Revenue Recognition Revenue is recognized when both product ownership and the risk of loss have transferred to the Customer, and the Company has no remaining obligations. The Company records estimated discounts and rebates as a reduction of sales in the same period revenue is recognized. Shipping and handling costs for Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 totaling $50.4 million, $53.0 million and $34.8 million, respectively, are classified as a component of operating expenses.

35


Table of Contents


          Product Warranties The Company provides for estimated warranty costs at the time of sale and accrues for specific items at the time their existence is known and the amounts are determinable. The Company estimates warranty costs using standard quantitative measures based on historical warranty claim experience and evaluation of specific Customer warranty issues.

          Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value through income. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in shareholders’ equity through other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized. Gains or losses related to the ineffective portion of any hedge are recognized through earnings in the current period.

          Exit or Disposal Activities The Company accounts for costs relating to exit or disposal activities under SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities . SFAS No. 146 addresses recognition, measurement and reporting of costs associated with exit and disposal activities including restructuring. See Note L for disclosures related to restructuring.

          Guarantees Upon issuance of a guarantee, the Company recognizes a liability for the fair value of an obligation assumed under a guarantee. See Note K for disclosures related to guarantees.

          New Accounting Standards In May 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FAS No. 165, Subsequent Events (FAS 165), which establishes general standards of accounting and disclosure for events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued. This new standard was effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

          In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , (FSP No. FAS-107-1 and APB-28-1), which amends FAS 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting , to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim periods. This FSP will be effective for the Company for the quarter ended October 31, 2009, and will expand the Company’s disclosures regarding the use of fair value in interim periods.

          In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (FSP No. FAS 132(R)), which provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This FSP is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FSP No. FAS 132(R) on our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan note disclosures.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (SFAS 158). The portion of the statement that requires recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement of financial position was adopted in Fiscal 2007 with minimal impact. SFAS 158 also requires measurement of the funded status of a plan as of the date of the statement of financial position. That provision required the Company to change its measurement date from April 30 to July 31 in Fiscal 2009. The adoption of the measurement date provision resulted in an after-tax decrease to Retained earnings of $0.9 million, a decrease to Other assets of $0.5 million increase to Other long-term liabilities of $0.8 million and an increase to Deferred income taxes of $0.5 million.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157). This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies whenever another standard requires (or permits) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value, except for the measurement of share-based payments. SFAS 157 does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances, and was effective for the majority of the Company’s assets and liabilities for its Fiscal 2009 year beginning August 1, 2008. The adoption of this portion of SFAS 157 in Fiscal 2009 did not have a

36


Table of Contents


material impact on the Company’s financial statements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (FSP FAS 157-2). FSP FAS 157-2 delays by one year the effective date of SFAS 157 for certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the FSP FAS 157-2 will have on the determination of fair value related to non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities in Fiscal 2010. The adoption of FSP FAS 157-2 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

          In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and was effective for the Company with its 2009 fiscal year, beginning August 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

          In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)), which changes the accounting for business combinations and their effects on the financial statements. SFAS 141(R) will be effective for the Company at the beginning of Fiscal 2010. In February 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 141(R)-a, Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies (FSP FAS 141(R)-a), which will amend certain provisions of SFAS 141(R). The adoptions of SFAS 141(R) and FSP FAS 141(R)-a are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161). SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities, including (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 161 effective February 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 161 only requires additional disclosures about the Company’s derivatives and thus did not affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE B
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

          The Company has allocated goodwill to its Industrial Products and Engine Products segments. Additions to goodwill and other intangible assets in Fiscal 2009 relate to the acquisition of 100 percent of the stock of Western Filter Corporation on October 15, 2008, for $78.5 million, as part of the Engine Products segment. The weighted average life of the intangibles acquired in this acquisition is 17.6 years and consists primarily of customer related intangibles. Goodwill associated with this acquisition is tax deductible. Dispositions of goodwill and other intangible assets in Fiscal 2009 relate to the sale of the air dryer business in Maryville, Tennessee, on October 31, 2008, for $4.6 million, which resulted in a loss on sale of $0.6 million. This air dryer business was part of the Industrial Products segment. Additions to goodwill and other intangible assets in Fiscal 2008 relate to the acquisition of LMC West, Inc. on February 4, 2008, as part of the Industrial Products segment. Financial results for each of the above acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated results from the date of acquisition. Pro forma financial results are not presented as the acquisitions are not material, individually or in the aggregate. The Company completed its annual impairment assessment in the third quarter of Fiscal 2009 and 2008, which indicated no impairment.

37


Table of Contents


          Following is a reconciliation of goodwill for the years ended July 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Engine
Products

 

Industrial
Products

 

Total
Goodwill

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Balance as of July 31, 2007

 

$

17,912

 

$

106,695

 

$

124,607

 

Acquisition activity

 

 

 

 

625

 

 

625

 

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

1,214

 

 

7,716

 

 

8,930

 

Balance as of July 31, 2008

 

$

19,126

 

$

115,036

 

$

134,162

 

Acquisition activity

 

 

43,646

 

 

 

 

43,646

 

Disposition activity

 

 

 

 

(1,089

)

 

(1,089

)

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

(1,190

)

 

(6,502

)

 

(7,692

)

Balance as of July 31, 2009

 

$

61,582

 

$

107,445

 

$

169,027

 

          Intangible assets are comprised of patents, trademarks and Customer relationships and lists. Following is a reconciliation of intangible assets for the years ended July 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net Intangible
Assets

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Balance as of July 31, 2007

 

$

57,203

 

$

(10,902

)

$

46,301

 

Intangibles acquired

 

 

1,868

 

 

 

 

1,868

 

Amortization expense

 

 

 

 

(4,330

)

 

(4,330

)

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

3,171

 

 

(693

)

 

2,478

 

Balance as of July 31, 2008

 

$

62,242

 

$

(15,925

)

$

46,317

 

Intangibles acquired

 

 

26,710

 

 

 

 

26,710

 

Intangibles sold

 

 

(300

)

 

114

 

 

(186

)

Amortization expense

 

 

 

 

(5,601

)

 

(5,601

)

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

(2,843

)

 

989

 

 

(1,854

)

Balance as of July 31, 2009

 

$

85,809

 

$

(20,423

)

$

65,386

 

          Net intangible assets consist of patents, trademarks and tradenames of $23.9 million and $23.5 million as of July 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and Customer related intangibles of $41.5 million and $22.8 million as of July 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Amortization expense relating to existing intangible assets is expected to be approximately $6.1 million for the year ending July 31, 2010, $6.0 million for the year ending July 31, 2011, $5.9 million for the year ending July 31, 2012, $5.7 million for the year ending July 31, 2013 and $5.3 million for the year ending July 31, 2014.

NOTE C
Credit Facilities

          The Company has a five-year, multi-currency revolving facility with a group of banks under which the Company may borrow up to $250 million. This facility matures on April 2, 2013. The agreement provides that loans may be made under a selection of currencies and rate formulas including Base Rate Advances or Off Shore Rate Advances. The interest rate on each advance is based on certain market interest rates and leverage ratios. Facility fees and other fees on the entire loan commitment are payable over the duration of this facility. There was $20.0 million outstanding at July 31, 2009, and $70.0 million outstanding at July 31, 2008. The amount available for further borrowing reflects a reduction for issued standby letters of credit, as discussed below. At July 31, 2009 and 2008, $210.0 million and $161.5 million, respectively, was available for further borrowing under such facilities. The weighted average interest rate on these short-term borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2009 and 2008, was 0.56 percent and 2.73 percent, respectively.

          The Company also has three uncommitted credit facilities in the United States, which provide unsecured borrowings for general corporate purposes. At July 31, 2009 and 2008, there was $70.0 million available for use. There was $9.6 million and $28.0 million outstanding under these facilities at July 31, 2009 and 2008,

38


Table of Contents


respectively. The weighted average interest rate on these short-term borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2009 and 2008, was 0.53 percent and 2.79 percent, respectively.

          The Company also has a €100 million program for issuing treasury notes for raising short, medium and long-term financing for its European operations. There was nothing outstanding on this program at July 31, 2009 and 2008. Additionally, the Company’s European operations have lines of credit with an available limit of €72.9 million. There was nothing outstanding on these lines of credit as of July 31, 2009. As of July 31, 2008, there was €23.5 million, or $36.9 million outstanding. The weighted average interest rate of these short-term borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2008, was 5.60 percent.

          Other international subsidiaries may borrow under various credit facilities. There was nothing outstanding under these credit facilities as of July 31, 2009. As of July 31, 2008, borrowings under these facilities were $4.5 million. The weighted average interest rate on these international borrowings outstanding at July 31, 2008, was 2.88 percent.

          As discussed further in Note K, at July 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit totaling $20.0 million and $18.5 million, respectively, upon which no amounts had been drawn. The letters of credit guarantee payment to third parties in the event the Company is in breach of specified bond financing agreement and insurance contract terms as detailed in each letter of credit.

NOTE D
Long-Term Debt

          Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

6.39% Unsecured senior notes due August 15, 2010, interest payable semi-annually, principal payments of $5.0 million, to be paid annually commencing August 16, 2006

 

 

9,981

 

 

14,942

 

4.85% Unsecured senior notes, interest payable semi-annually, principal payment of $30.0 million due December 17, 2011.

 

 

30,000

 

 

30,000

 

6.59% Unsecured senior notes, interest payable semi-annually, principal payment of $80.0 million due November 14, 2013

 

 

80,000

 

 

 

5.48% Unsecured senior notes, interest payable semi-annually, principal payment of $50.0 million due June 1, 2017

 

 

50,000

 

 

50,000

 

5.48% Unsecured senior notes, interest payable semi-annually, principal payment of $25.0 million due September 28, 2017

 

 

25,000

 

 

25,000

 

5.48% Unsecured senior notes, interest payable semi-annually, principal payment of $25.0 million due November 30, 2017

 

 

25,000

 

 

25,000

 

1.418% Guaranteed senior notes, interest payable semi-annually, principal payment of ¥1.2 billion due January 31, 2012

 

 

12,679

 

 

11,123

 

2.019% Guaranteed senior note, interest payable semi-annually, principal payment of ¥1.65 billion due May 18, 2014

 

 

17,434

 

 

15,295

 

Variable Rate Commercial Property Loan, to a maximum of R37 million, interest rate of 13.75% as of July 31, 2008, repaid in 2009

 

 

 

 

1,882

 

Variable Rate Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (“Low Floaters”) interest payable monthly, principal payment of $7.755 million due September 1, 2024, and an interest rate of 0.67% as of July 31, 2009

 

 

7,755

 

 

7,755

 

Capitalized lease obligations and other, with various maturity dates and Interest rates

 

 

1,321

 

 

1,147

 

Total

 

 

259,170

 

 

182,144

 

Less current maturities

 

 

5,496

 

 

5,669

 

Total long-term debt

 

$

253,674

 

$

176,475

 

39


Table of Contents


          Annual maturities of long-term debt are $5.5 million in 2010, $5.4 million in 2011, $43.0 million in 2012, $97.5 million in 2014 and $107.8 million thereafter. There are no maturities in 2013. As of July 31, 2009, the estimated fair value of long-term debt with fixed interest rates was $253.1 million compared to its carrying value of $250.1 million.

          On November 14, 2008, the Company issued an $80 million senior unsecured note. The note is due on November 14, 2013. The debt was issued at face value and bears interest payable semi-annually at a rate of 6.59 percent. The proceeds from the note were used to refinance existing debt and for general corporate purposes.

          On June 1, 2007, the Company issued $100 million of senior unsecured notes. The first $50 million was funded on June 1, 2007, and the remaining two $25 million tranches were funded on September 28, 2007, and November 30, 2007. The three tranches are due on June 1, 2017, September 28, 2017, and November 30, 2017, respectively. The debt was issued at face value and bears interest payable semi-annually at a rate of 5.48 percent. The proceeds from the notes were used to refinance existing debt and for general corporate purposes.

          The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of its fixed-rate debt resulting from interest rate fluctuations. To hedge this exposure the Company entered into two fixed-to-variable interest rate swaps on August 3, 2009, subsequent to year end, for $80 million and $25 million, respectively, for approximately 5 and 8 years, respectively. These interest rate swaps will be accounted for as fair value hedges. Changes in the payment of interest resulting from the interest rate swaps will be recorded as an offset to interest expense.

          Certain note agreements contain debt covenants related to working capital levels and limitations on indebtedness. As of July 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The Company currently expects to remain in compliance with these covenants.

NOTE E
Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments

          Derivatives The Company uses derivative instruments, primarily forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps, to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. It is the Company’s policy to enter into derivative transactions only to the extent true exposures exist; the Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes. The Company enters into derivative transactions only with highly rated counterparties. These transactions may expose the Company to credit risk to the extent that the instruments have a positive fair value, but the Company has not experienced any material losses, nor does the Company anticipate any material losses.

          The Company enters into forward exchange contracts of generally less than one year to hedge forecasted transactions amongst its subsidiaries, and to reduce potential exposure related to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates for existing recognized assets and liabilities. It also utilizes forward exchange contracts for anticipated intercompany and third-party transactions such as purchases, sales and dividend payments denominated in local currencies. Forward exchange contracts are designated as cash flow hedges as they are designed to hedge the variability of cash flows associated with the underlying existing recognized or anticipated transactions. Changes in the value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity until earnings are affected by the variability of the underlying cash flows. At that time, the applicable amount of gain or loss from the derivative instrument that is deferred in shareholders’ equity is reclassified to earnings. Effectiveness is measured using spot rates to value both the hedge contract and the hedged item. The excluded forward points, as well as any ineffective portions of hedges, are recorded in earnings through the same line as the underlying transaction. During Fiscal 2009, $0.4 million of losses were recorded due to the exclusion of forward points from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

          These unrealized losses and gains are reclassified, as appropriate, as earnings are affected by the variability of the underlying cash flows during the term of the hedges. The Company expects to record $0.6 million of net deferred losses from these forward exchange contracts during the next twelve months.

40


Table of Contents


          The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of its fixed-rate debt resulting from interest rate fluctuations. To hedge this exposure the Company entered into two fixed-to-variable interest rate swaps on August 3, 2009, subsequent to year end, for $80 million and $25 million, respectively, for approximately 5 and 8 years, respectively. These interest rate swaps will be accounted for as fair value hedges. Changes in the payment of interest resulting from the interest rate swaps will be recorded as an offset to interest expense.

          The Company entered into and settled an interest rate lock in October 2008. The interest rate lock settlement resulted in a $0.5 million in gain, net of deferred taxes of $0.2 million, which will be amortized into income over the life of the related debt.

          The following summarizes the Company’s fair value of outstanding derivatives at July 31, 2009, and 2008, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 31,
2009

 

July 31,
2008

 

Asset derivatives recorded under the caption Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

493

 

$

952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liability derivatives recorded under the caption Other current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

2,366

 

$

1,252

 

          The impact on Other comprehensive income (OCI) and earnings from foreign exchange contracts that qualified as cash flow hedges for the twelve months ended July 31, 2009 and 2008, was as follows (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 31,
2009

 

July 31,
2008

 

Net carrying amount at beginning of year

 

$

188

 

$

(206

)

Cash flow hedges deferred in OCI

 

 

(1,826

)

 

2,628

 

Cash flow hedges reclassified to income (effective portion)

 

 

580

 

 

(2,211

)

Change in deferred taxes

 

 

408

 

 

(23

)

Net carrying amount at July 31

 

$

(650

)

$

188

 

          The Company’s derivative financial instruments present certain market and counterparty risks; however, concentration of counterparty risk is mitigated as the Company deals with a variety of major banks worldwide. In addition, only conventional derivative financial instruments are utilized. The Company would not be materially impacted if any of the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments outstanding at July 31, 2009, failed to perform according to the terms of its agreement. At this time, the Company does not require collateral or any other form of securitization to be furnished by the counterparties to its derivative instruments.

          Fair Value of Financial Instruments At July 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, short-term borrowings, long-term debt and derivative contracts. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings approximated carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Derivative contracts are reported at their fair values based on third-party quotes. As of July 31, 2009, the estimated fair value of long-term debt with fixed interest rates was $253.1 million compared to its carrying value of $250.1 million. The fair value is estimated by discounting the projected cash flows using the rate that similar amounts of debt could currently be borrowed.

          Credit Risk The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties in interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts. Collateral is generally not required of the counterparties or of the Company. In the unlikely event a counterparty fails to meet the contractual terms of an interest rate swap or foreign exchange forward contract, the Company’s risk is limited to the fair value of the instrument. There were no interest rate swaps outstanding at July 31, 2009 or 2008. The Company actively monitors its exposure to credit risk through the use of credit approvals and credit limits, and by

41


Table of Contents


selecting major international banks and financial institutions as counterparties. The Company has not had any historical instances of non-performance by any counterparties, nor does it anticipate any future instances of non-performance.

NOTE F
Employee Benefit Plans

          Pension Plans The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have defined benefit pension plans for many of its hourly and salaried employees. The U.S. plans include plans that provide defined benefits as well as a plan for salaried workers that provides defined benefits pursuant to a cash balance feature whereby a participant accumulates a benefit comprised of a percentage of current salary that varies with years of service, interest credits and transition credits. The international plans generally provide pension benefits based on years of service and compensation level. During Fiscal 2009, the Company changed its measurement date to July 31, in accordance with the measurement date provisions of FAS 158, as discussed below. During Fiscal 2008, the Company used an April 30 measurement date for its pension plans.

          Net periodic pension costs for the Company’s pension plans include the following components:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Net periodic cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

15,385

 

$

15,996

 

$

15,067

 

Interest cost

 

 

18,481

 

 

17,702

 

 

17,014

 

Expected return on assets

 

 

(29,143

)

 

(28,275

)

 

(24,955

)

Transition amount amortization

 

 

193

 

 

164

 

 

523

 

Prior service cost amortization

 

 

438

 

 

380

 

 

314

 

Actuarial (gain)/loss amortization

 

 

1,088

 

 

(58

)

 

1,408

 

Curtailment loss

 

 

910

 

 

 

 

408

 

Settlement gain

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

(2,357

)

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

7,352

 

$

5,874

 

$

7,422

 

          Negotiations with one of our unions resulted in a freeze in pension benefits at one of our U.S. plants. In exchange for the freezing of the plan, participants will be eligible for a company match in a defined contribution plan. The freeze in the plan resulted in a curtailment loss of $0.9 million during Fiscal 2009.

          In anticipation of Japanese defined benefit plan law changes, the Company terminated the defined benefit plan offered to its employees in Japan on December 31, 2006, which resulted in a net settlement gain of $1.9 million in Fiscal 2007. This plan was replaced with a defined contribution plan as of January 1, 2007. The Company incurred the cost of initial contributions to the defined contribution plan as well as other costs of converting participants to the new defined contribution plan resulting in a net pretax gain for the net settlement and transition to the defined contribution plan of approximately $0.6 million during Fiscal 2007.

          Effective July 31, 2007, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) . This statement requires recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement of financial position. This statement also requires that changes in the funded status are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income in the year in which the adoption occurs and in other comprehensive income in the following years. SFAS 158’s provisions regarding the change in the measurement date of postretirement benefits plans required the Company to change its measurement date from April 30 to July 31 during Fiscal 2009. The adoption of the measurement date provisions resulted in an after-tax decrease to Retained earnings of $0.9 million, a decrease to Other assets of $0.5 million increase to Other long-term liabilities of $0.8 million and an increase to Deferred income taxes of $0.5 million.

42


Table of Contents


          The obligations and funded status of the Company’s pension plans as of 2009 and 2008, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

 

$

330,258

 

$

312,514

 

Service cost

 

 

18,730

 

 

15,996

 

Interest cost

 

 

22,868

 

 

17,702

 

Participant contributions

 

 

1,476

 

 

1,381

 

Plan amendments

 

 

 

 

1,221

 

Actuarial gain

 

 

(1,077

)

 

(2,410

)

Currency exchange rates

 

 

(13,338

)

 

3,610

 

Settlement

 

 

 

 

(272

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(20,763

)

 

(19,484

)

Benefit obligation, end of year

 

$

338,154

 

$

330,258

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

 

$

378,695

 

$

377,461

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

(62,057

)

 

5,389

 

Company contributions

 

 

13,356

 

 

11,316

 

Participant contributions

 

 

1,476

 

 

1,381

 

Currency exchange rates

 

 

(13,228

)

 

2,904

 

Settlement

 

 

 

 

(272

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(20,763

)

 

(19,484

)

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

 

$

297,479

 

$

378,695

 

Funded status:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over (under) funded status at July 31, 2009 and April 30, 2008

 

$

(40,675

)

$

48,437

 

Fourth quarter contributions

 

 

 

 

808

 

Over (under) funded status after fourth quarter contributions

 

$

(40,675

)

$

49,245

 

          The net under funded status of $40.7 million at July 31, 2009, is recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as $4.3 million within Other assets for the Company’s over funded plans and $45.0 million within Other long-term liabilities for the Company’s under funded plans. Included in Accumulated other comprehensive income at July 31, 2009, are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension expense: unrecognized actuarial losses of $123.0 million, unrecognized prior service cost of $4.2 million and unrecognized transition obligations of $3.4 million. The actuarial loss, prior service cost and unrecognized transition obligation are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic pension expense during Fiscal 2010 are $1.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $296.7 million and $282.7 million at July 31, 2009, and April 30, 2008, respectively.

          The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $246.7 million, $234.3 million and $213.3 million, respectively, as of July 31, 2009, and $16.4 million, $13.8 million and $0.0 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2008.

          For the years ended July 31, 2009 and 2008, the U.S. pension plans represented approximately 72 percent and 75 percent, respectively, of the Company’s total plan assets, and approximately 72 percent and 70 percent, respectively, of the Company’s total projected benefit obligation.

43


Table of Contents


          The weighted-average discount rates and rates of increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average actuarial assumptions

 

2009

 

2008

 

All U.S. plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

6.00

%

 

6.00

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

 

5.00

%

 

5.00

%

Non-U.S. plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.90

%

 

6.30

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

 

3.87

%

 

4.48

%

          The weighted-average discount rates, expected returns on plan assets and rates of increase in future compensation levels used to determine the net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average actuarial assumptions

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

All U.S. plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

6.00

%

 

6.00

%

 

6.25

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

8.50

%

 

8.50

%

 

8.50

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

 

5.00

%

 

5.00

%

 

5.00

%

Non-U.S. plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

6.30

%

 

5.23

%

 

4.64

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

7.14

%

 

7.49

%

 

6.60

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

 

4.48

%

 

4.01

%

 

3.62

%

          Expected Long-Term Rate of Return To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in the selection of the 8.50 percent long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the Company’s U.S. pension plans. The expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the plans outside the U.S. reflects the investment allocation and expected total portfolio returns specific to each plan and country. The expected long-term rate of return on assets shown in the pension benefit disclosure for non-U.S. plans is an asset-based weighted average of all non-U.S. plans.

          Discount Rate The Company’s objective in selecting a discount rate is to select the best estimate of the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled on the measurement date, taking into account the nature and duration of the benefit obligations of the plan. In making this best estimate, the Company looks at rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available, and expected to be available, during the period to maturity of the benefits. This process includes looking at the universe of bonds available on the measurement date with a quality rating of Aa or better. Similar appropriate benchmarks are used to determine the discount rate for the non-U.S. plans. The discount rate for non-U.S. plans disclosed in the assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost and to determine benefit obligations is based upon a weighted average, using year-end projected benefit obligations, of all non-U.S. plans.

          Plan Assets The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Assets at

 

Asset Category

 

2009

 

2008

 

All U.S. plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

41

%

 

44

%

Alternative investments

 

 

42

%

 

36

%

Real assets

 

 

12

%

 

12

%

Fixed income

 

 

5

%

 

8

%

Total U.S. plans

 

 

100

%

 

100

%

Non U.S. plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

44

%

 

64

%

Debt securities

 

 

56

%

 

36

%

Total Non U.S. plans

 

 

100

%

 

100

%

44


Table of Contents


          Investment Policies and Strategies. For the Company’s U.S. plans, the Company uses a total return investment approach to achieve a long-term return on plan assets, with a prudent level of risk for the purpose of meeting its retirement income commitments to employees. The plan’s investments are diversified to assist in managing risk. The Company’s asset allocation guidelines target an allocation of 45 percent equity securities, 30 percent alternative investments (funds of hedge funds), 10 percent real assets (investments into funds containing commodities and real estate), 10 percent fixed income and 5 percent private equity. Within equity securities, the Company will target an allocation of 15 percent international, 15 percent equity long / short, 10 percent small cap, and 5 percent large cap. These target allocation guidelines are determined in consultation with the Company’s investment consultant, and through the use of modeling the risk/return trade-offs among asset classes utilizing assumptions about expected annual return, expected volatility/standard deviation of returns and expected correlations with other asset classes. Investment policy and performance is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis by the Company’s investment committee through its use of an investment consultant and through quarterly investment portfolio reviews.

          For the Company’s non-U.S. plans, the general investment objectives are to maintain a suitably diversified portfolio of secure assets of appropriate liquidity which will generate income and capital growth to meet, together with any new contributions from members and the Company, the cost of current and future benefits.

          Estimated Contributions and Future Payments As a result of its past funding practices, the Company does not have a minimum required contribution under the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation requirements for its U.S. pension plans for Fiscal 2010. As a result, there is no current intention to make a U.S. pension contribution in Fiscal 2010. For its non-U.S. pension plans, the Company estimates that it will contribute approximately $5 million in Fiscal 2010, based upon the local government prescribed funding requirements.

          Estimated future benefit payments for the Company’s U.S. and non-U.S. plans are as follows (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year 2010

 

$

18,528

 

Fiscal year 2011

 

$

18,624

 

Fiscal year 2012

 

$

22,469

 

Fiscal year 2013

 

$

20,829

 

Fiscal year 2014

 

$

23,313

 

Fiscal years 2015-2019

 

$

125,346

 

          Postemployment and Postretirement Benefit Plans The Company provides certain postemployment and postretirement health care benefits for certain U.S. employees for a limited time after termination of employment. The Company has recorded a liability for its postretirement benefit plan in the amount of $1.7 million and $3.1 million as of July 31, 2009 and July 31, 2008, respectively. The annual cost resulting from these benefits is not material. Union negotiations have resulted in one U.S. plant freezing the plan. This change resulted in a curtailment gain of $1.4 million. For measurement purposes, an 8 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for Fiscal 2009. The Company has assumed that the long-term rate of increase will decrease gradually to an ultimate annual rate of 5 percent. A one-percentage point increase in the health care cost trend rate would increase the Fiscal 2009 and 2008 liability by $0.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

          Retirement Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan The Company provides a contributory employee savings plan to U.S. employees that permits participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Through April 13, 2009, employee contributions of up to 25 percent of compensation are matched at a rate equaling 100 percent of the first 3 percent contributed and 50 percent of the next 2 percent contributed. The Company’s contributions under this plan are based on the level of employee contributions as well as a discretionary contribution based on performance of the Company. The Plan was amended effective April 13, 2009, to reduce Company fixed matching contributions to the Plan for salaried employees. After April 13, 2009, fixed matching contributions for salaried employees were calculated at 50 percent of up to 3 percent of compensation deferred by the participant and deposited into the Plan, and 25 percent of the next 2 percent of compensation deferred by

45


Table of Contents


the participant and deposited to the Plan. In addition, the Company fixed matching contribution was eliminated for Company Executive Officers and Vice Presidents. Total contribution expense for these plans was $5.1 million, $8.3 million and $8.1 million for the years ended July 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This plan also includes shares from an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). As of July 31, 2009, all shares of the ESOP have been allocated to participants. Total ESOP shares are considered to be shares outstanding for earnings per share calculations.

          Deferred Compensation and Other Benefit Plans The Company provides various deferred compensation and other benefit plans to certain executives. The deferred compensation plan allows these employees to defer the receipt of all of their bonus and other stock related compensation and up to 75 percent of their salary to future periods. Other benefit plans are provided to supplement the benefits for a select group of highly compensated individuals which are reduced because of compensation limitations set by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company has recorded a liability in the amount of $10.0 million and $10.6 million as of the year ended July 31, 2009 and July 31, 2008, respectively, related primarily to its deferred compensation plans.

NOTE G
Shareholders’ Equity

          Stock Rights On January 27, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the extension of the benefits afforded by the Company’s existing rights plan by adopting a new shareholder rights plan. Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2006, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent, one right was issued on March 3, 2006, for each outstanding share of common stock of the Company upon the expiration of the Company’s existing rights. Each of the new rights entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, without par value, at a price of $143.00 per one one-thousandth of a share. The rights, however, will not become exercisable unless and until, among other things, any person acquires 15 percent or more of the outstanding common stock of the Company. If a person acquires 15 percent or more of the outstanding common stock of the Company (subject to certain conditions and exceptions more fully described in the Rights Agreement), each right will entitle the holder (other than the person who acquired 15 percent or more of the outstanding common stock) to purchase common stock of the Company having a market value equal to twice the exercise price of a right. The rights are redeemable under certain circumstances at $.001 per right and will expire, unless earlier redeemed, on March 2, 2016.

          Stock Compensation Plans The Stock Compensation Plans in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity consist of the balance of amounts payable to eligible participants for stock compensation that was deferred to a Rabbi Trust pursuant to the provisions of the 2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan, as well as performance awards payable in common stock discussed further in Note H.

          Treasury Stock The Company believes that the share repurchase program is a way of providing return to its shareholders. The Board of Directors authorized the repurchase, at the Company’s discretion, of 8.0 million shares of common stock under the stock repurchase plan dated March 31, 2006. As of July 31, 2009, the Company had remaining authorization to repurchase 0.9 million shares under this plan. Following is a summary of treasury stock share activity for Fiscal 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

11,021,619

 

 

9,500,372

 

Stock repurchases

 

 

802,000

 

 

2,245,790

 

Net issuance upon exercise of stock options

 

 

(355,491

)    

 

(647,225

)

Issuance under compensation plans

 

 

(99,612

)

 

(67,822

)

Discretionary stock paid into 401(k) plan

 

 

(60,122

)

 

 

Other activity

 

 

(12,985

)

 

(9,496

)

Balance at end of year

 

 

11,295,409

 

 

11,021,619

 

46


Table of Contents


NOTE H
Stock Option Plans

          Employee Incentive Plans In November 2001, shareholders approved the 2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) that replaced the 1991 Plan that expired on December 31, 2001, and provided for similar awards. The Plan extends through December 2011 and allows for the granting of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights (“SAR”), dividend equivalents, dollar-denominated awards and other stock-based awards. Options under the Plan are granted to key employees at market price at the date of grant. Options are exercisable for up to 10 years from the date of grant. The Plan also allows for the granting of performance awards to a limited number of key executives. As administered by the Human Resources Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, these performance awards are payable in common stock and are based on a formula which measures performance of the Company over a three-year period. The Company recorded a net reversal of performance award expense in Fiscal 2009 of $3.1 million. The net benefit is due to the reversal of $3.6 million of Long-Term Compensation Plan expense recognized in prior periods. This reversal reflects an adjustment in the expected payouts for the three-year cycles ending July 31, 2009, and July 31, 2010, to zero based upon actual and forecasted results. Performance award expense under these plans totaled $4.2 million and $2.7 million in Fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively.

          Stock options issued from Fiscal 1999 to Fiscal 2009 become exercisable for non-executives in equal increments over three years. Stock options issued from Fiscal 1999 to Fiscal 2009 became exercisable for most executives immediately upon the date of grant. Certain other stock options issued to executives during Fiscal 2004, 2006 and 2007 become exercisable in equal increments over three years. For Fiscal 2009, the Company recorded pretax compensation expense associated with stock options of $4.1 million and recorded $1.5 million of related tax benefit.

          Stock-based employee compensation cost is recognized using the fair-value based method for all new awards granted after August 1, 2005. Compensation costs for unvested stock options and awards that were outstanding at August 1, 2005, are recognized over the requisite service period based on the grant-date fair value of those options and awards as previously calculated under the pro-forma disclosures. The Company determined the fair value of these awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.4 – 4.0%

 

 

2.1 - 4.2%

 

 

4.4 - 4.9%

 

Expected volatility

 

 

21.6 – 25.5%

 

 

15.2 – 22.4%

 

 

18.3 - 23.6%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

1.0%

 

 

1.0%

 

 

1.0%

 

Expected life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director original grants without reloads

 

 

8 years

 

 

8 years

 

 

7 years

 

Non-officer original grants

 

 

7 years

 

 

7 years

 

 

6 years

 

Officer original grants with reloads

 

 

4 years

 

 

3 years

 

 

3 years

 

Reload grants

 

 

<5 years

 

 

<3 years

 

 

<1 year

 

Officer original grants without reloads

 

 

7 years

 

 

7 years

 

 

6 years

 

Officer original grants with reloads and vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 years

 

          Reload grants are grants made to officers or directors who exercised a reloadable option during the fiscal year and made payment of the purchase price using shares of previously owned Company stock. The reload grant is for the number of shares equal to the shares used in payment of the purchase price and/or withheld for minimum tax withholding.

          Black-Scholes is a widely accepted stock option pricing model; however, the ultimate value of stock options granted will be determined by the actual lives of options granted and the actual future price levels of the Company’s common stock. The weighted average fair value for options granted during Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 is $8.56, $10.60 and $7.89 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

47


Table of Contents


          The following table summarizes stock option activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options
Outstanding

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at July 31, 2008

 

 

5,181,778

 

$

25.62

 

Granted

 

 

366,588

 

 

34.23

 

Exercised

 

 

(505,363

)

 

17.64

 

Canceled

 

 

(44,878

)

 

39.04

 

Outstanding at July 31, 2009

 

 

4,998,125

 

 

26.94

 

          The total intrinsic value of options exercised during Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $9.1 million, $26.2 million, and $20.6 million, respectively.

          Shares reserved at July 31, 2009 for outstanding options and future grants were 11,521,192. Shares reserved consist of shares available for grant plus all outstanding options. An amount is added to shares reserved each year based on shares outstanding adjusted for certain items as detailed in the Plan. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under all awards under the Plan in any calendar year may not exceed 1.5 percent of the sum of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, the outstanding share equivalents, as determined by the Company in the calculation of earnings per share on a fully diluted basis, and shares held in treasury of the Company as reported for the Company’s most recent fiscal year that ends during such calendar year.

          The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of July 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number
Outstanding

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number
Exercisable

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

$5 to $15

 

 

603,792

 

 

1.03

 

$

12.41

 

 

603,792

 

$

12.41

 

$15 to $25

 

 

1,281,872

 

 

2.84

 

 

18.02

 

 

1,281,872

 

 

18.02

 

$25 and $35

 

 

2,463,644

 

 

5.52

 

 

31.57

 

 

2,338,294

 

 

31.48

 

$35 and above

 

 

648,817

 

 

7.94

 

 

40.47

 

 

481,390

 

 

40.61

 

 

 

 

4,998,125

 

 

4.61

 

 

26.94

 

 

4,705,348

 

 

26.30

 

          At July 31, 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of shares outstanding and exercisable was $57.5 million and $56.9 million, respectively.

          The following table summarizes the status of options which contain vesting provisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value

 

Non-vested at July 31, 2008

 

 

439,684

 

$

10.43

 

Granted

 

 

79,575

 

 

8.83

 

Vested

 

 

(207,390

)

 

10.16

 

Canceled

 

 

(19,092

)

 

10.14

 

Non-vested at July 31, 2009

 

 

292,777

 

 

10.21

 

          The total fair value of shares vested during Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $7.9 million, $6.3 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

          As of July 31, 2009 there was $1.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plan. This unvested cost is expected to be recognized during Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012.

48


Table of Contents


NOTE I
Income Taxes

          The components of earnings before income taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Earnings before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

69,863

 

$

73,445

 

$

88,157

 

Foreign

 

 

91,562

 

 

162,718

 

 

116,704

 

Total

 

$

161,425

 

$

236,163

 

$

204,861

 

          The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

18,624

 

$

27,180

 

$

27,430

 

State

 

 

2,444

 

 

619

 

 

2,975

 

Foreign

 

 

13,176

 

 

37,616

 

 

28,140

 

 

 

 

34,244

 

 

65,415

 

 

58,545

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(3,888

)

 

(4,712

)

 

(4,674

)

State

 

 

90

 

 

2

 

 

(332

)

Foreign

 

 

(928

)

 

3,505

 

 

605

 

 

 

 

(4,726

)

 

(1,205

)

 

(4,401

)

Total

 

$

29,518

 

$

64,210

 

$

54,144

 

          The following table reconciles the U.S. statutory income tax rate with the effective income tax rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Statutory U.S. federal rate

 

 

35.0

%

 

35.0

%

 

35.0

%

State income taxes

 

 

1.3

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.8

 

Foreign taxes at lower rates

 

 

(7.5

)

 

(7.6

)

 

(5.9

)

Export, manufacturing and research credits

 

 

(0.5

)

 

(0.6

)

 

(1.5

)

Tax on repatriation of earnings

 

 

0.7

 

 

(0.6

)

 

(1.1

)

Change in unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

(10.6

)

 

0.5

 

 

0.1

 

Other

 

 

(0.1

)

 

0.2

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

 

18.3

%

 

27.2

%

 

26.4

%

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

8,438

 

$

11,146

 

Compensation and retirement plans

 

 

30,916

 

 

812

 

Tax credit and NOL carryforwards

 

 

1,439

 

 

6,625

 

Inventory reserves

 

 

10,183

 

 

8,588

 

Other

 

 

2,232

 

 

4,370

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

53,208

 

 

31,541

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(1,053

)

 

(2,472

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

52,155

 

 

29,069

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(31,593

)

 

(28,636

)

Other

 

 

(2,923

)

 

(2,584

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(34,516

)

 

(31,220

)

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

 

$

17,639

 

$

(2,151

)

49


Table of Contents


          The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2009 was 18.3 percent compared 27.2 percent in Fiscal 2008. The decrease in effective rate is primarily due to the settlements of long-standing court cases and examinations in various jurisdictions for tax years 2003 through 2006, the reassessment of the corresponding unrecognized tax benefits for the subsequent open years and a favorable resolution of a foreign tax matter. Partially offsetting these effects, the Company’s Fiscal 2009 tax rate was unfavorably impacted by an increased expense from the repatriation of foreign earnings. Absent these items, the underlying tax rate for the Fiscal 2009 has decreased from Fiscal 2008 by 1.2 points to 30.4 percent. The reinstatement of the U.S. Research and Experimentation credit, changes in current year unrecognized tax benefits, reduced statutory tax rates and the mix of earnings between foreign jurisdictions all contributed to the reduction in the underlying rate.

          The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes on additional undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries of approximately $483.4 million. The Company currently plans to permanently reinvest these undistributed earnings in its non-U.S. subsidiaries. If any portion were to be distributed, the related U.S. tax liability may be reduced by foreign income taxes paid on those earnings plus any available foreign tax credit carryovers. Determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

          While non-US operations have been profitable overall, the Company has cumulative pre-tax loss carryforwards of $6.7 million, which are carried as net operating losses in certain international subsidiaries. If fully realized, the unexpired net operating losses may be carried forward to offset future local income tax payments, at current rates of tax, of $1.4 million. Approximately 37 percent of these net operating losses expire within the next three years, while the majority of the remaining net operating loss carryforwards have no statutory expiration under current local laws. However, as it is more likely than not that certain of these losses will not be realized, a valuation allowance of $1.1 million exists as of July 31, 2009.

          The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, on August 1, 2007. The standard defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements as “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authorities based solely on the technical merits of the position. If the recognition threshold is met, the tax benefit is measured and recognized as the largest amount of tax benefit that in the Company’s judgment is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $0.3 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the August 1, 2007, balance of retained earnings. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of fiscal year

 

$

32,002

 

$

28,209

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

 

3,527

 

 

8,221

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

772

 

 

2,322

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(8,258

)

 

(540

)

Settlements

 

 

(10,092

)

 

 

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

 

 

(1,023

)

 

(6,210

)

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at end of fiscal year

 

$

16,928

 

$

32,002

 

          The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009, the Company recognized interest expense, net of tax benefit, of approximately $0.7 million. At July 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued interest and penalties on a gross basis were $1.8 million and $5.7 million respectively.

50


Table of Contents


          The Company’s uncertain tax positions are affected by the tax years that are under audit or remain subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities. The following tax years, in addition to the current year, remain subject to examination, at least for certain issues, by the major tax jurisdictions indicated:

 

 

 

Major Jurisdictions

 

Open Tax Years

Belgium

 

2005 through 2008

China

 

2000 through 2008

France

 

2006 through 2008

Germany

 

2004 through 2008

Italy

 

2003 through 2008

Mexico

 

2004 through 2008

United Kingdom

 

2007 through 2008

United States

 

2007 through 2008

          If the Company were to prevail on all unrecognized tax benefits recorded, substantially all of the unrecognized tax benefits would benefit the effective tax rate. With an average statute of limitations of about 5 years, up to $1.4 million of the unrecognized tax benefits could potentially be realized in the next 12 month period, unless extended by audit.

          In accordance with SFAS No. 123R, Share Based Payment – Revised 2004 , SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and EITF Topic D-32, Intra-period Tax Allocation of the Effect of Pretax Income from Continuing Operations , the Company has elected to use the “with-and-without” intra-period tax allocation rules. Under these rules, the windfall tax benefit is calculated based on the incremental tax benefit received from deductions related to stock-based compensation.

NOTE J
Segment Reporting

          Consistent with SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , the Company identified two reportable segments: Engine Products and Industrial Products. Segment selection was based on the internal organizational structure, management of operations and performance evaluation by management and the Company’s Board of Directors.

          The Engine Products segment sells to OEMs in the construction, mining, agriculture, aerospace, defense and truck markets and to independent distributors, OEM dealer networks, private label accounts and large equipment fleets. Products include air filtration systems, exhaust and emissions systems, liquid filtration systems and replacement filters.

          The Industrial Products segment sells to various industrial end-users, OEMs of gas-fired turbines, and OEMs and end-users requiring highly purified air. Products include dust, fume and mist collectors, compressed air purification systems, air filter systems for gas turbines and specialized air filtration systems for applications including computer hard disk drives.

          Corporate and Unallocated includes corporate expenses determined to be non-allocable to the segments and interest income and expense. Assets included in Corporate and Unallocated principally are cash and cash equivalents, inventory reserves, certain prepaids, certain investments, other assets and assets allocated to general corporate purposes.

          The Company has an internal measurement system to evaluate performance and allocate resources based on profit or loss from operations before income taxes. The Company’s manufacturing facilities serve both reporting segments. Therefore, the Company uses an allocation methodology to assign costs and assets to the segments. A certain amount of costs and assets relate to general corporate purposes and are not assigned to either segment. Certain accounting policies applied to the reportable segments differ from those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The reportable segments account for receivables on a gross basis and account for inventory on a standard cost basis.

          Segment allocated assets are primarily accounts receivable, inventories, property, plant and equipment and goodwill. Reconciling items included in Corporate and Unallocated are created based on accounting

51


Table of Contents


differences between segment reporting and the consolidated, external reporting as well as internal allocation methodologies.

          The Company is an integrated enterprise, characterized by substantial intersegment cooperation, cost allocations and sharing of assets. Therefore, we do not represent that these segments, if operated independently, would report the operating profit and other financial information shown below.

          Segment detail is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Engine
Products

 

Industrial
Products

 

Corporate &
Unallocated

 

Total
Company

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

2009

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,001,961

 

$

866,668

 

$

 

$

1,868,629

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

31,517

 

 

21,156

 

 

5,924

 

 

58,597

 

Equity earnings in unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

2,172

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

2,266

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

83,797

 

 

89,526

 

 

(11,898

)

 

161,425

 

Assets

 

 

610,341

 

 

495,228

 

 

228,427

 

 

1,333,996

 

Equity investments in unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

15,474

 

 

517

 

 

 

 

15,991

 

Capital expenditures, net of acquired businesses

 

 

24,785

 

 

16,637

 

 

4,658

 

 

46,080

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,229,171

 

$

1,003,350

 

$

 

$

2,232,521

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

27,386

 

 

19,314

 

 

10,032

 

 

56,732

 

Equity earnings in unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

1,876

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

1,910

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

158,931

 

 

102,420

 

 

(25,188

)

 

236,163

 

Assets

 

 

628,444

 

 

590,273

 

 

329,905

 

 

1,548,622

 

Equity investments in unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

15,190

 

 

506

 

 

 

 

15,696

 

Capital expenditures, net of acquired businesses

 

 

34,830

 

 

24,564

 

 

12,758

 

 

72,152

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,084,262

 

$

834,566

 

$

 

$

1,918,828

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

23,735

 

 

16,512

 

 

9,319

 

 

49,566

 

Equity earnings in unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

6,128

 

 

(225

)

 

 

 

5,903

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

140,762

 

 

80,321

 

 

(16,222

)

 

204,861

 

Assets

 

 

540,510

 

 

510,817

 

 

267,690

 

 

1,319,017

 

Equity investments in unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

14,968

 

 

2,445

 

 

 

 

17,413

 

Capital expenditures, net of acquired businesses

 

 

37,083

 

 

25,798

 

 

14,559

 

 

77,440

 

52


Table of Contents


          Following are net sales by product within the Engine Products segment and Industrial Products segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

Engine Products segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-Road Products*

 

$

362,785

 

$

448,681

 

$

352,065

 

On-Road Products

 

 

71,958

 

 

123,146

 

 

166,370

 

Aftermarket Products**

 

 

567,218

 

 

657,344

 

 

565,827

 

Total Engine Products segment

 

 

1,001,961

 

 

1,229,171

 

 

1,084,262

 

Industrial Products segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial Filtration Solutions Products

 

 

503,611

 

 

600,526

 

 

515,022

 

Gas Turbine Products

 

 

206,760

 

 

213,138

 

 

158,025

 

Special Applications Products

 

 

156,297

 

 

189,686

 

 

161,519

 

Total Industrial Products segment

 

 

866,668

 

 

1,003,350

 

 

834,566

 

Total Company

 

$

1,868,629

 

$

2,232,521

 

$

1,918,828

 


 

 

 

 

*

Includes Aerospace and Defense products.

 

 

**

Includes replacement part sales to the Company’s OEM Customers.

          Geographic sales by origination and property, plant and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

Property, Plant &
Equipment — Net

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars)

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

778,979

 

$

141,052

 

Europe

 

 

567,117

 

 

138,350

 

Asia-Pacific

 

 

419,423

 

 

71,686

 

Other

 

 

103,110

 

 

29,980

 

Total

 

$

1,868,629

 

$

381,068

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

888,658

 

$

144,429

 

Europe

 

 

766,797

 

 

166,195

 

Asia-Pacific

 

 

471,275

 

 

65,829

 

Other

 

 

105,791

 

 

38,706

 

Total

 

$

2,232,521

 

$

415,159

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

827,648

 

$

142,511

 

Europe

 

 

615,049

 

 

129,564

 

Asia-Pacific

 

 

397,080

 

 

61,057

 

Other

 

 

79,051

 

 

31,301

 

Total

 

$

1,918,828

 

$

364,433

 

          Concentrations There were no Customers over 10 percent of net sales during Fiscal 2009. Sales to one Customer accounted for 10 percent of net sales in Fiscal 2008 and 2007. There were no Customers over 10 percent of gross accounts receivable in Fiscal 2009 and 2008.

53


Table of Contents


NOTE K
Commitments and Contingencies

          Guarantees to Related Party The Company and its partner, Caterpillar Inc., in an unconsolidated joint venture, Advanced Filtration Systems Inc., guarantee certain debt of the joint venture. As of July 31, 2009, the joint venture had $27.7 million of outstanding debt. In addition, during Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded its equity in earnings of this equity method investment of $1.0 million, $0.6 million and $5.0 million and royalty income of $5.1 million, $5.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

          The Company provides for warranties on certain products. In addition, the Company may incur specific Customer warranty issues. Following is a reconciliation of warranty reserves (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at August 1, 2007

 

$

8,545

 

Accruals for warranties issued during the reporting period

 

 

3,634

 

Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)

 

 

3,982

 

Less settlements made during the period

 

 

(4,638

)

Balance at July 31, 2008

 

$

11,523

 

Accruals for warranties issued during the reporting period

 

 

2,942

 

Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)

 

 

(2,141

)

Less settlements made during the period

 

 

(3,109

)

Balance at July 31, 2009

 

$

9,215

 

          At July 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a contingent liability for standby letters of credit totaling $20.0 million and $18.5 million, respectively, which have been issued and are outstanding. The letters of credit guarantee payment to beneficial third parties in the event the Company is in breach of specified contract terms as detailed in each letter of credit. At July 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no amounts drawn upon these letters of credit.

          In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” (SFAS No. 5), the Company records provisions with respect to identified claims or lawsuits when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Claims and lawsuits are reviewed quarterly and provisions are taken or adjusted to reflect the status of a particular matter. The Company believes the recorded reserves in its consolidated financial statements are adequate in light of the probable and estimable outcomes. The recorded liabilities were not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operation and liquidity and the Company does not believe that any of the currently identified claims or litigation will materially affect its financial position, results of operation and liquidity.

NOTE L
Restructuring

          The following is a reconciliation of restructuring reserves (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at July 31, 2008

 

$

 

Accruals for restructuring during the reporting period

 

 

17,755

 

Less settlements made during the period

 

 

(13,915

)

Balance at July 31, 2009

 

$

3,840

 

          The dramatic downturn in the worldwide economy made signification cost reduction actions necessary during Fiscal 2009. As a result, costs incurred and shown in the table above are primarily associated with workforce reductions of 2,800 since the beginning of the fiscal year. Gross margin and operating expenses include $10.1 million and $7.7 million of restructuring expenses, respectively. The Engine Products segment, Industrial Products segment, and Corporate and Unallocated incurred $7.2 million, $10.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

          The Company expects to settle its remaining liability during Fiscal 2010.

54


Table of Contents


NOTE M
Subsequent Events

          The Company has evaluated and reviewed for subsequent events that would impact the financial statements for the 12 months ended July 31, 2009, through the issuance date of the financials, September 25, 2009.

NOTE N
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

 

 

(thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

573,260

 

$

460,601

 

$

413,447

 

$

421,321

 

Gross margin

 

 

186,703

 

 

134,012

 

 

130,782

 

 

138,209

 

Net earnings

 

 

47,962

 

 

33,793

 

 

26,598

 

 

23,554

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

.62

 

 

.43

 

 

.34

 

 

.30

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

.60

 

 

.43

 

 

.34

 

 

.30

 

Dividends declared per share

 

 

 

 

.230

 

 

 

 

.230

 

Dividends paid per share

 

 

.110

 

 

.115

 

 

.115

 

 

.115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

525,576

 

$

511,763

 

$

587,760

 

$

607,422

 

Gross margin

 

 

172,864

 

 

163,185

 

 

188,266

 

 

201,547

 

Net earnings

 

 

43,323

 

 

34,070

 

 

45,987

 

 

48,573

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

.54

 

 

.43

 

 

.58

 

 

.62

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

.53

 

 

.42

 

 

.57

 

 

.60

 

Dividends declared per share

 

 

 

 

.210

 

 

 

 

.220

 

Dividends paid per share

 

 

.100

 

 

.100

 

 

.110

 

 

.110

 

          The quarters ended January 31, 2009, April 30, 2009, and July 31, 2009, include restructuring charges after-tax of $2.9 million or $0.04 per share, $4.7 million or $0.06 per share and $4.5 million or $0.05 per share, respectively.

I tem 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

          None.

I tem 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

          As of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in applicable rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

55


Table of Contents


Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

          No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) identified in connection with such evaluation during the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2009, has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

          See Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 8 on page 27.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

          See Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm under Item 8 on page 28.

I tem 9B. Other Information

          None.

P ART III

I tem 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

          The information under the captions “Item 1: Election of Directors”; “Director Selection Process,” “Audit Committee,” “Audit Committee Expertise; Complaint-Handling Procedures,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the 2009 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Information on the Executive Officers of the Company is found under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” on page 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

          The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics in compliance with applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that applies to its principal executive officer, its principal financial officer and its principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code of business conduct and ethics is posted on the Company’s website at www.donaldson.com. The code of business conduct and ethics is available in print, free of charge to any shareholder who requests it. The Company will disclose any amendments to, or waivers of, the code of business conduct and ethics for the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer on the Company’s website.

I tem 11. Executive Compensation

          The information under the captions “Compensation Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation” and ‘Director Compensation” of the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 annual shareholders meeting is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

          The information under the caption “Security Ownership” of the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 annual shareholders meeting is incorporated herein by reference.

56


Table of Contents


          The following table sets forth information as of July 31, 2009, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities
to be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1980 Master Stock Compensation Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Stock Gain Plan

 

 

54,667

 

$

13.2261

 

 

 

1991 Master Stock Compensation Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

1,350,821

 

$

18.2605

 

 

 

Deferred Stock Option Gain Plan

 

 

326,612

 

$

30.6203

 

 

 

Deferred LTC/Restricted Stock

 

 

156,304

 

$

21.6543

 

 

 

2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

3,112,012

 

$

30.3412

 

 

See Note 1

 

Deferred LTC/Restricted Stock

 

 

158,437

 

$

30.7006

 

 

See Note 1

 

Long Term Compensation

 

 

12,334

 

$

43.9300

 

 

See Note 1

 

Subtotal for plans approved by security holders:

 

 

5,171,187

 

$

26.8030

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonqualified Stock Option Program for Non-Employee Directors

 

 

535,292

 

$

29.0432

 

 

See Note 2

 

ESOP Restoration

 

 

30,878

 

$

12.2894

 

 

See Note 3

 

Subtotal for plans not approved by security holders:

 

 

556,170

 

$

28.1294

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

5,737,357

 

$

26.9339

 

 

 

 

Note 1: Shares authorized for issuance during the 10-year term are limited in each plan year to 1.5% of the Company’s “outstanding shares” (as defined in the 2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan).

Note 2: The stock option program for non-employee directors (filed as exhibit 10-N to the Company’s 1998 Form 10-K report) provides for each non-employee director to receive annual option grants of 7,200 shares. The 2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan, which was approved by the Company’s stockholders on November 16, 2001, also provides for the issuance of stock options to non-employee directors.

Note 3: The Company has a non-qualified ESOP Restoration Plan established on August 1, 1990 (filed as exhibit 10-E to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 31, 1998), to supplement the benefits for executive employees under the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan that would otherwise be reduced because of the compensation limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The ESOP’s 10-year term was completed on July 31, 1997, and the only ongoing benefits under the ESOP Restoration Plan are the accrual of dividend equivalent rights to the participants in the Plan.

57


Table of Contents



 

 

I tem 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

          The information under the caption “Policy and Procedures Regarding Transactions with Related Persons” of the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 annual shareholders meeting is incorporated here by reference.

 

 

I tem 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

          The information under “Audit Committee Report” of the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 annual shareholders meeting is incorporated herein by reference.

P ART IV

 

 

I tem 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

          Documents filed with this report:

 

 

 

 

(1)

Financial Statements

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings — years ended July 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — July 31, 2009 and 2008

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — years ended July 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity — years ended July 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules —

 

 

Schedule II Valuation and qualifying accounts

 

 

All other schedules (Schedules I, III, IV and V) for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instruction, or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Exhibits

 

 

The exhibits listed in the accompanying index are filed as part of this report or incorporated by reference as indicated therein.

58


Table of Contents


S IGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

Date:

September 25, 2009

 

By: 

-S- WILLIAM M. COOK

 

 

 

          William M. Cook

 

 

          Chief Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on September 25, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(principal executive officer)

-S- WILLIAM M. COOK

 

William M. Cook

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

-S- THOMAS R. VERHAGE

 

Thomas R. VerHage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Controller
(principal accounting officer)

-S- JAMES F. SHAW

 

James F. Shaw

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

F. Guillaume Bastiaens

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

Janet M. Dolan

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

Jack W. Eugster

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

John F. Grundhofer

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

Michael J. Hoffman

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

Paul David Miller

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

Jeffrey Noddle

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

Willard D. Oberton

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

John P. Wiehoff

 

 

 

 

 

*By: -S- NORMAN C. LINNELL

 

 

Norman C. Linnell

 

 

As attorney-in-fact

 

 

59


Table of Contents


S CHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

DONALDSON COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description

 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

 

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

 

Charged to
Other Accounts
(A)

 

Deductions
(B)

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

Year ended July 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts deducted from accounts receivable

 

$

7,509

 

$

1,240

 

$

(534

)

$

(828

)

$

7,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended July 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts deducted from accounts receivable

 

$

6,768

 

$

1,126

 

$

537

 

$

(922

)

$

7,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended July 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts deducted from accounts receivable

 

$

8,398

 

$

914

 

$

358

 

$

(2,902

)

$

6,768

 


Note A — Allowance for doubtful accounts foreign currency translation losses (gains) recorded directly to equity.

Note B — Bad debts charged to allowance, net of reserves and changes in estimates.

60


Table of Contents


E XHIBIT INDEX
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

 

 

 

* 3-A

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant as currently in effect (Filed as Exhibit 3-A to Form 10-Q Report for the First Quarter ended October 31, 2004)

 

 

 

* 3-B

Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Registrant, dated as of March 3, 2006 (Filed as Exhibit 3-B to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2006)

 

 

 

* 3-C

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant (as of January 30, 2009) (Filed as Exhibit 3-C to Form 10-Q for the second quarter ended January 31, 2009)

 

 

 

* 4

**

 

 

 

* 4-A

Preferred Stock Amended and Restated Rights Agreement between Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent, dated as of January 27, 2006 (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K Report filed February 1, 2006)

 

 

 

*10-A

Officer Annual Cash Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10-A to 2006 Form 10-K Report)***

 

 

 

*10-B

1980 Master Stock Compensation Plan as Amended (Filed as Exhibit 10-A to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

*10-C

Form of Performance Award Agreement under 1991 Master Stock Compensation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10-B to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

10-D

ESOP Restoration Plan (2003 Restatement)

 

 

 

*10-E

Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-employee Directors as amended (Filed as Exhibit 10-C to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

*10-F

Independent Director Retirement and Benefit Plan as amended (Filed as Exhibit 10-D to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

10-G

Excess Pension Plan (2003 Restatement)

 

 

 

10-H

Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan (2003 Restatement)

 

 

 

*10-I

1991 Master Stock Compensation Plan as amended (Filed as Exhibit 10-E to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

*10-J

Form of Restricted Stock Award under 1991 Master Stock Compensation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10-F to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

*10-K

Form of Agreement to Defer Compensation for certain Executive Officers (Filed as Exhibit 10-G to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

*10-L

Stock Option Program for Non-employee Directors (Filed as Exhibit 10-H to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)***

 

 

 

*10-M

Note Purchase Agreement among Donaldson Company, Inc. and certain listed Insurance Companies Dated as of July 15, 1998 (Filed as Exhibit 10-I to Form 10-Q Report filed for the first quarter ended October 31, 2008)

 

 

 

*10-N

Second Supplement and First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement among Donaldson Company, Inc. and certain listed Insurance Companies dated as of September 30, 2004 (Filed as Exhibit 10-A to Form 10-Q Report for the Second Quarter ended January 31, 2005)

 

 

 

10-O

2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan

61


Table of Contents



 

 

 

*10-P

Form of Officer Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10-A to Form 10-Q Report for the First Quarter ended October 31, 2004)***

 

 

 

*10-Q

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10-B to Form 10-Q Report for the First Quarter ended October 31, 2004)***

 

 

 

*10-R

Agreement dated August 29, 2005, by and between Donaldson Company, Inc. and William G. Van Dyke (Filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Report filed August 29, 2005)***

 

 

 

*10-S

Restated Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors dated July 28, 2006 (Filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K Report filed August 4, 2006)***

 

 

 

*10-T

Restated Long-Term Compensation Plan dated May 23, 2006 (Filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K Report filed August 4, 2006)***

 

 

 

*10-U

Qualified Performance-Based Compensation Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10-DD to 2006 Form 10-K Report)***

 

 

 

*10-V

Deferred Compensation and 401(k) Excess Plan (2005 Restatement) (Filed as Exhibit 10-EE to 2006 Form 10-K Report)***

 

 

 

*10-W

Deferred Stock Option Gain Plan (2005 Restatement) (Filed as Exhibit 10-FF to 2006 Form 10-K Report)***

 

 

 

*10-X

Excess Pension Plan (2005 Restatement) (Filed as Exhibit 10-GG to 2006 Form 10-K Report)***

 

 

 

*10-Y

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2005 Restatement) (Filed as Exhibit 10-HH to 2006 Form 10-K Report)***

 

 

 

*10-Z

Form of Management Severance Agreement for Executive Officers (Filed as Exhibit 10-A to Form 10-Q Report for the Third Quarter ended April 30, 2008)***

 

 

 

11

Computation of net earnings per share (See “Earnings Per Share” in “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Note A in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 33)

 

 

 

21

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

23

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

24

Powers of Attorney

 

 

 

31-A

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

31-B

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002


 

 

*

Exhibit has previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit.

 

 

**

Pursuant to the provisions of Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of certain long-term debts of the Company and its subsidiaries are not filed and in lieu thereof the Company agrees to furnish a copy thereof to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

 

***

Denotes compensatory plan or management contract.

 

 

Note: Exhibits have been furnished only to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Copies will be furnished to individuals upon request.

62



Exhibit 10-D

 

DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

ESOP RESTORATION PLAN

(2003 Restatement)

 

As Amended and Restated Effective as of August 1, 2003

 

 










DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

ESOP RESTORATION PLAN

(2003 Restatement)

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page     

 

SECTION 1.

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.1.

Establishment

 

 

1.2.

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.

Account

 

 

2.2.

Affiliate

 

 

2.3.

Beneficiary

 

 

2.4.

Board

 

 

2.5.

Change of Control

 

 

 

2.5.1.

Affiliate

 

 

 

2.5.2.

Beneficial Owner

 

 

 

2.5.3.

Exchange Act

 

 

 

2.5.4.

Person

 

 

2.6.

Code

 

 

2.7.

Committee

 

 

2.8.

Company

 

 

2.9.

Disability, Disabled

 

 

2.10.

Effective Date

 

 

2.11.

Eligible Employee

 

 

2.12.

ERISA

 

 

2.13.

ESOP

 

 

2.14.

Participant

 

 

2.15.

Plan

 

 

2.16.

Stock Units

 

 

2.17.

Termination of Employment

 

 

2.18.

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

PARTICIPATION

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.

Participation

 

 

3.2.

Termination of Participation

 

 

3.3.

Overriding Exclusion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-i-

 



SECTION 4.

STOCK UNITS

5

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.

Stock Units

 

 

4.2.

Adjustment

 

 

4.3.

Dividend Units

 

 

4.4.

Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS

6

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.

Time of Payment

 

 

5.2.

Manner of Payment

 

 

5.3.

Changes in Time and Manner of Payment

 

 

5.4.

Change in Control Distributions

 

 

5.5.

Acceleration of Payments

 

 

 

5.5.1.

When Available

 

 

 

5.5.2.

Forfeiture

 

 

5.6.

Death Benefit

 

 

5.7.

Beneficiary Designation

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

STOCK UNIT ACCOUNT

8

 

 

 

 

 

6.1.

Participant Accounts

 

 

6.2.

Charges Against Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

FUNDING

8

 

 

 

 

 

7.1.

Funding

 

 

7.2.

Corporate Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

8

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

ADMINISTRATION

9

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.

Authority

 

 

9.2.

Liability

 

 

9.3.

Procedures

 

 

9.4.

Claim for Benefits

 

 

9.5.

Claims Procedure

 

 

 

9.5.1.

Original Claim

 

 

 

9.5.2.

Claims Review Procedure

 

 

 

9.5.3.

General Rules

 

 

9.6.

Payments upon Imposition of Federal or State Taxes

 

 

9.7.

Legal Fees

 

 

9.8.

Errors in Computations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-ii-

 



SECTION 10.

MISCELLANEOUS

12

 

 

 

 

 

10.1.

Not an Employment Contract

 

 

10.2.

Nontransferability

 

 

10.3.

Tax Withholding

 

 

10.4.

Expenses

 

 

10.5.

Governing Law

 

 

10.6.

Amendment and Termination

 

 

10.7.

Rules of Interpretation

 

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

ESOP RESTORATION PLAN PARTICIPANTS

A-1

 

 











-iii-

 



DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

ESOP RESTORATION PLAN

(2003 Restatement)

 

SECTION 1

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

 

1.1.       Establishment . Effective as of August 1, 1990, Donaldson Company, Inc. established a nonqualified, unfunded supplemental deferred compensation plan for a select group of highly compensated employees known as the “DONALDSON COMPANY, INC. ESOP RESTORATION PLAN.” Effective as of August 1, 2003, the Plan document is amended and restated to be as set forth herein.

 

1.2.       Purpose . The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to supplement the benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under the Donaldson Company, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan which will be reduced because of the compensation limitation under section 401(a)(17) of the Code; to provide a means whereby certain amounts payable by the Company to a select group of management or highly compensated employees may be deferred to some future period; and to attract and retain certain executive employees of outstanding competence.

 

SECTION 2

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context. Any masculine terminology used in the Plan shall also include the feminine gender and the definition of any terms in the singular shall also include the plural.

 

2.1.       Account — the bookkeeping account established under this Plan for a Participant pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

2.2.       Affiliate — a business entity which is under “common control” with the Company or which is a member of an “affiliated service group” that includes the Company, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m) of the Code. A business entity shall also be treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment is required by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said required treatment, the Committee may, in its discretion, designate as an Affiliate any business entity which is not such a “common control” or “affiliated service group” business entity but which is otherwise affiliated with the Company, subject to such limitations as the Committee may impose.

 

2.3.       Beneficiary — any person or entity validly designated by the Participant in accordance with Section 5 to receive the benefits, if any, payable from the Participant’s Account after the Participant’s death. Designated persons or entities shall not be considered Beneficiaries until the death of the Participant.

 

 



2.4.       Board — the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.5.       Change Of Control — a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

 

 

(a)

any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of paragraph (c) below; or

 

 

(b)

the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

 

 

(c)

there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

 

(d)

the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

 

-2-

 



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.5, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

2.5.1.    Affiliate — an “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5.2.    Beneficial Owner — a “beneficial owner” within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

2.5.3.    Exchange Act — the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2.5.4.    Person — a “person” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

2.6.       Code — the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

 

2.7.       Committee — the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.8.       Company — Donaldson Company, Inc. and, except in determining under Section 2.5 hereof whether or not any Change in Control has occurred, shall include any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise.

 

2.9.       Disability, Disabled — a physical or mental impairment which constitutes total and permanent disability and during which the Eligible Employee is not receiving any payments of an Early Retirement Pension or a Vested Benefit under the Pension Plan, and the Eligible Employee either:

 

-3-

 



 

(a)

is eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under the Company’s separate long-term disability insurance plan (which program shall be administered on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis); if such separate long-term disability coverage is elected by the Eligible Employee, or

 

 

(b)

is eligible to receive and is actually receiving (after the applicable waiting period) benefits under the federal Social Security Act as in effect at the time of the Disability.

 

2.10.     Effective Date — August 1, 1990, the original effective date of the Plan. The amended Plan document as set forth herein is effective as of August 1, 2003.

 

2.11.     Eligible Employee — an executive employee of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

2.12.     Erisa — the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any reference in this Plan to a section of ERISA, including the applicable regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

 

2.13.     Esop — the tax-qualified, stock bonus plan known as the “Donaldson Company, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (1987 Restatement),” as amended from time to time.

 

2.14.     Participant — an Eligible Employee or a former Eligible Employee of the Company or its Affiliates who has any amount credited to his or her Account in this Plan.

 

2.15.     Plan — the Donaldson Company, Inc. ESOP Restoration Plan as set forth herein, and as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

2.16.     Stock units — the units (previously referred to as “Performance Units”) credited to a Participant’s Account as provided in Section 4.1.

 

2.17.     Termination of Employment — the complete severance of an employee’s employment relationship with the Company and all Affiliates, if any, for any reason other than the employee’s death or Disability.

 

2.18.

Vested — nonforfeitable.

 

SECTION 3

 

PARTICIPATION

 

3.1.       Participation. Participation in the Plan on and after August 1, 2003 shall be limited to the persons listed on Appendix A.

 

3.2.       Termination of participation. A person shall cease to be a Participant as soon as all amounts credited to the Participant’s Account have been paid in full.

 

-4-

 



 

3.3.       Overriding exclusion. Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in this Plan or in any written communication, summary, resolution or document or oral communication, no individual shall be a Participant in this Plan, develop benefits under this Plan or be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (either for the employee or his or her survivors) unless such individual is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA). If a court of competent jurisdiction, any representative of the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental, regulatory or similar body makes any direct or indirect, formal or informal, determination that an individual is not a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA), such individual shall not be (and shall not have ever been) a Participant in this Plan at any time. If any person not so defined has been erroneously treated as a Participant in this Plan, upon discovery of such error such person’s erroneous participation shall immediately terminate AB INITIO and upon demand such person shall be obligated to reimburse the Company for all amounts erroneously paid to him or her.

 

SECTION 4

 

STOCK UNITS

 

4.1.       Stock units. The number of Stock Units credited to a Participant’s Account shall equal the number credited as of that date under the terms of this Plan then in effect, subject to any:

 

 

(a)

adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2;

 

 

(b)

increase pursuant to Section 4.3; or

 

 

(c)

reduction due to payments made, as provided in Section 6.2.

 

4.2.       Adjustment. In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock split or stock dividend in the form of a split, the Committee shall adjust the number of Stock Units in a Participant’s Account so that such number equals the number of Stock Units in the Account prior to the event, multiplied by a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of Stock Units in the Account prior to the event, and the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock the Participant would have had after the event if the Participant had shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the event equal in number to the number of Stock Units in the Participant’s Account immediately prior to the event. In the event of any dividend (other than a stock dividend in the form of a split), recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spinoff, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, then if the Committee, or the board of directors of a successor corporation, shall determine, in its sole discretion, that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the number of Stock Units then held in the Participant’s Account, such adjustment shall be made by the Committee or said board and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

-5-

 



4.3.       Dividend Units. The number of Stock Units in a Participant’s Account shall be automatically increased as of each Common Stock dividend payment date in an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that could be purchased on such dividend payment date with the cash dividends that would be paid on a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Stock Units in the Participant’s Account on the record date for such dividend.

 

4.4.       Vesting. Subject to the forfeiture provisions of Section 8, the Accounts of all Participants shall be 100% Vested at all times.

 

SECTION 5

 

TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS

 

5.1.       Time of payment. Payment of a Participant’s Account under the Plan will commence as soon as administratively feasible (but no more than twenty (20) days) following the occurrence of the earliest of the following events:

 

 

(a)

death,

 

 

(b)

Disability, or

 

 

(c)

the date of distribution selected by the Participant in writing at a time and on a form prescribed by the Committee.

 

Payment of a Participant’s Account may not begin prior to the Participant’s Termination of Employment.

 

5.2.       Manner of Payment. A Participant’s Account will be paid to the Participant in either a single lump-sum payment or in annual installments of not more than twenty (20) years. The Participant must elect a manner of payment at the time the Participant elects his or her date of distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(c). In the event no election was made by the Participant, payment shall be in a single lump-sum. Payment to the Participant shall be made, net of withholding taxes, exclusively in shares of Common Stock, one share for each Stock Unit distributed. For purposes of determining any tax withholding on a payment, the value of Common Stock will be the market price of such Common Stock as of the close of business on the day prior to the date as of which the payment is made.

 

5.3.       Changes in Time and Manner of Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may make a new election concerning selection of the time and form of payment authorized pursuant to this Section 5 (the “New Election”) in accordance with the following terms and conditions, unless waived or modified by the Committee:

 

 

(a)

A New Election shall only be permitted once and must be made and become effective as hereinafter provided, if at all, prior to the Participant’s Termination of Employment, death or Disability, whichever happens first;

 

-6-

 



 

(b)

A New Election shall become effective twelve months after it is received by the Company; and

 

 

(c)

If any of the events set forth in Section 5.1 of the Plan occur prior to the effective date of a New Election with respect to previously credited deferrals, then payments shall be paid hereunder to or with respect to the Participant according to the elections in effect at the time of the event.

 

5.4.       Change in Control Distributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, a Participant or Beneficiary will receive a distribution of his or her entire Account if a Change in Control occurs. Distribution of the entire Account shall be made on the date of the Change in Control. Such distribution shall be made in a single lump-sum cash payment.

 

5.5.       Acceleration of Payments.

 

5.5.1.    When Available. A Participant or Beneficiary whose Termination of Employment has occurred may receive an accelerated payment of his or her entire Account (after reduction for the forfeiture described in Section 5.5.2). To receive such an accelerated payment, the Participant or Beneficiary must file a written payment application with the Committee. Payment of the accelerated payment (after reduction for the forfeiture described in Section 5.5.2) shall be made as soon as administratively feasible (but no more than twenty (20) days) following the approval of a completed application by the Committee. Such accelerated payment shall be made in a lump-sum stock distribution. The amount of the accelerated payment shall be equal to the value of the Account as of such distribution date (after reduction for the forfeiture described below).

 

5.5.2.    Forfeiture. Upon the approval of an accelerated payment, there shall be irrevocably forfeited from the Account of the Participant or Beneficiary an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Account.

 

5.6.       Death Benefit. In the event of a Participant’s death, the Company shall pay the amount of the Participant’s Account as of the date of death (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 6.2) in a lump-sum or in installments, as previously elected by the Participant, to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary as soon as administratively feasible. In the event no election was made by the Participant, payment shall be in a single lump-sum stock distribution (and cash for fractional shares).

 

5.7.        Beneficiary Designation. A Participant shall submit to the Company upon initial designation as an Eligible Employee in the Plan, and at such other times as the Participant desires, on a form provided by the Committee, a written designation of the beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom payment of the Participant’s Account under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death. Beneficiary designations shall become effective only when received by the Company. Beneficiary designations first received by the Company after the Participant’s death, and any designations in effect at the time a valid subsequent designation is received by the Company, shall be invalid and have no effect. If a Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, or if no designated Beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, the Participant’s Account shall be distributed to those persons entitled to receive the Participant’s benefit under the Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan (1997 Restatement), as amended from time to time.

 

-7-

 



SECTION 6

 

STOCK UNIT ACCOUNT

 

6.1.       Participant Accounts. The Committee shall cause a bookkeeping account to be kept in the name of each Participant which shall reflect the Stock Units credited to a Participant.

 

6.2.       Charges Against Accounts. There shall be charged against each Participant’s bookkeeping account any payments made to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5.

 

SECTION 7

 

FUNDING

 

7.1.       Funding. The Company and its Affiliates shall be responsible for paying all benefits due hereunder. For the purpose of facilitating the payment of benefits due hereunder, the Company may (but shall not be required to) establish and maintain a grantor trust pursuant to an Agreement between the Company and a trustee selected by the Company; provided, however, that any such grantor trust must be structured so that it does not result in any federal income tax consequences to any Participant until distributions under Section 5 are actually received. The Company may contribute to a grantor trust thereby created such amounts as it may from time to time determine.

 

7.2.       Corporate Obligation. Neither the officers nor any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its Affiliates in any way secures or guarantees the payment of any benefit or amount which may become due and payable hereunder to or with respect to any Participant. Each Participant and other person entitled at anytime to payments hereunder shall look solely to the assets of the Company and its Affiliates for such payments as an unsecured, general creditor. Nothing herein shall be construed to give a Participant, Beneficiary or any other person or persons any right, title, interest or claim in or to any specific asset, fund, reserve, account or property of any kind whatsoever owned by the Company or in which it may have any right, title or interest now or in the future. After benefits shall have been paid to or with respect to a Participant and such payment purports to cover in full the benefit hereunder, such former Participant or other person or persons, as the case may be, shall have no further right or interest in the other assets of the Company and its Affiliates in connection with this Plan.

 

SECTION 8

 

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

 

All unpaid benefits under this Plan shall be permanently forfeited if the Participant is discharged from employment with the Company for cause, or if the Committee determines that the Participant:

 

-8-

 



 

(a)

engaged in competition with the Company during, or within two years following, his termination of employment with the Company; or

 

 

(b)

performed acts of willful malfeasance or gross negligence in a matter of material importance to the Company.

 

SECTION 9

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

9.1.       Authority. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full discretionary power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan and to determine all factual and legal questions under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of Participants and Beneficiaries, and the amount of their respective interests.

 

9.2.       Liability. No member of the Committee and no director or member of the management of the Company or its Affiliates shall be liable to any persons for any actions taken under the Plan, or for any failure to effect any of the objective or purposes of the Plan, by reason of insolvency or otherwise.

 

9.3.       Procedures. The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and procedures as it deems appropriate to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

9.4.       Claim for benefits. No employee or other person shall have any claim or right to payment of any amount hereunder until payment has been authorized and directed by the Committee.

 

9.5.       Claims Procedure. Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure set forth in this Section 9.5 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan.

 

9.5.1.    Original Claim. Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary of such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date the claim was filed) to reach a decision

on the claim. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall state in writing:

 

 

(a)

the specific reasons for the denial,

 

 

(b)

the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based,

 

-9-

 



 

(c)

a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and

 

 

(d)

an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in this Section.

 

9.5.2.    Claims Review Procedure. Within sixty (60) days after receipt of notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than one hundred twenty days (120) from the date the request for review was filed) to reach a decision on the request for review.

 

 

9.5.3.

General Rules.

 

 

(a)

No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim unless made in accordance with the claims procedure. The Committee may require that any claim for benefits and any request for a review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be furnished by the Committee upon request.

 

 

(b)

All decisions on original claims shall be made by the Committee and requests for a review of denied claims shall be made by the Committee.

 

 

(c)

The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more hearings on a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim.

 

 

(d)

Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other representative at their own expense, but the Committee reserves the right to require the claimant to furnish written authorization. A claimant’s representative shall be entitled to copies of all notices given to the claimant.

 

 

(e)

The decision of the Committee on an original claim or on a request for a review of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in writing. If a decision or notice is not received by a claimant within the time specified, the claim or request for a review of a denied claim shall be deemed to have been denied.

 

 

(f)

Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim, the claimant or the claimant’s representative shall have a reasonable opportunity to review a copy of this Plan Statement and all other pertinent documents in the possession of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

-10-

 



9.6.       Payments Upon Imposition of Federal or State Taxes. If any Participant is determined to be subject to federal or state income tax on any amount accrued on his or her behalf under this Plan prior to the time of payment hereunder, federal or state taxes attributable to the amount determined to be so taxable shall be distributed by the Plan to such Participant. An amount accrued on his or her behalf under this Plan shall be determined to be subject to federal income tax upon the earliest of:

 

 

(i)

a final determination by the United States Internal Revenue Service addressed to the Participant which is not appealed to the courts;

 

 

(ii)

a final determination by the United States Tax Court or any other Federal Court affirming any such determination by the Internal Revenue Service; or

 

 

(iii)

an opinion by the Tax Counsel of the Company, addressed to the Company that, by reason of Treasury Regulations, amendments to the Internal Revenue Code, published Internal Revenue Service rulings, court decisions or other substantial precedent, amounts accrued on a Participant’s behalf hereunder are subject to federal or state income tax prior to payment.

 

The Company shall undertake at its sole expense to defend any tax claims described herein which are asserted by the Internal Revenue Service or by any state revenue authority against any Participant, including attorney fees and costs of appeal, and shall have the sole authority to determine whether or not to appeal any determination made by the Internal Revenue Service, by any state revenue authority or by a lower court. The Company also agrees to reimburse any Participant for any interest or penalties in respect of federal or state tax claims hereunder upon receipt of documentation of same.

 

9.7.       Legal Fees. If the Company does not pay the benefits required under the terms of the Plan for reasons other than the insolvency of the Company, the Company agrees to reimburse any Participant for all legal fees incurred in enforcing his or her claim to benefits under the Plan.

 

9.8.       Errors in Computations. The Committee shall not be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of any benefit payable to or with respect to any Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant or by or on behalf of any Beneficiary to whom such benefit shall be payable, directly or indirectly, to the Committee, and used by the Committee in determining the benefit. The Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the benefit payable to or with respect to such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement or any other reason shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of the truth (and to recover any prior overpayment).

 

 

-11-

 



SECTION 10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1.     Not an Employment Contract. This Plan is not and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Company and any employee or other person, nor shall anything herein contained be deemed to give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the Company’s employ or in any way limit or restrict the Company’s right or power to discharge any employee or other person at any time and to treat him without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon the employee as a Participant in the Plan.

 

10.2.     Nontransferability. A Participant’s rights and interest under the Plan, including amounts payable, may not be assigned, alienated, pledged or transferred except, in the event of a Participant’s death to his Beneficiary. No benefit payable under this Plan shall be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or other legal process before actual payment to the Participant or Beneficiary.

 

10.3.     Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold the amount of any federal, state or local income tax or other tax required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law with respect to any amount payable under the Plan. Any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares shall be applied to the payment of tax withholding. The Participant shall not be liable for any tax withholding.

 

10.4.     Expenses. All expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

10.5.     Governing Law. Except to the extent that federal law is controlling, the Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.

 

10.6.     Amendment and Termination. The Company reserves the power to unilaterally amend this Plan at any time, either prospectively or retroactively or both by action of the Committee (with the written concurrence of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company). The Committee may likewise terminate or curtail the benefits of this Plan both with regard to persons expecting to receive benefits in the future and persons already receiving benefits at the time of such action; provided, however, that the Committee may not amend or terminate the Plan with respect to benefits that have accrued and are Vested pursuant to Section 4 in any manner that reduces the amount of such benefits or alters the effect of any participant election previously filed with the Company. No modification of the terms of this Plan shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed on behalf of the Company by a person authorized to execute such writing. No oral representation concerning the interpretation or effect of this Plan shall be effective to amend the Plan.

 

10.7.     Rules of Interpretation. The titles given to the various sections of this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning or intent of any provision hereof. This Plan shall be construed and this Plan shall be administered to create an unfunded plan providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees so that it is exempt from the requirements of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA and qualifies for a form of simplified, alternative compliance with the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Title I of ERISA.

 

-12-




Exhibit 10-G

 

DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

EXCESS PENSION PLAN

(2008 Restatement)

As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008

 










DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

EXCESS PENSION PLAN

(2008 Restatement)

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SECTION 1.

HISTORY AND PURPOSE

1

 

 

1.1.

History

 

1.2.

Purpose

 

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

2.1.

Account

 

2.2.

Affiliate

 

2.3.

Beneficiary

 

2.4.

Board

 

2.5.

Change of Control

 

2.6.

Code

 

2.7.

Committee

 

2.8.

Company

 

2.9.

Compensation

 

2.10.

Compensation Credit

 

2.11.

Deferral Credit

 

2.12.

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.13.

Disability, Disabled

 

2.14.

Effective Date

 

2.15.

Eligible Employee

 

2.16.

ERISA

 

2.17.

Participant

 

2.18.

Pay Credit

 

2.19.

Pension Account Balance

 

2.20.

Pension Plan

 

2.21.

Plan

 

2.22.

Plan Year

 

2.23.

Termination of Employment

 

2.24.

Vested

 

SECTION 3.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

4

 

 

3.1.

Eligibility

 

3.2.

Commencement of Participation

 

3.3.

Termination of Participation

 

3.4.

Overriding Exclusion

 

SECTION 4.

CREDITED AMOUNTS

5

 

 

 

-i-




 

4.1.

Compensation Credit

 

4.2.

415 Credit

 

4.3.

Vesting

 

SECTION 5.

TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS

5

 

 

5.1.

Time of Payment

 

5.2.

Manner of Payment

 

5.3.

Changes in Time and Manner of Payment

 

5.4.

Change of Control Distributions

 

5.5.

Death Benefit

 

5.6.

Beneficiary Designation

 

SECTION 6.

ACCOUNTS

9

 

 

6.1.

Participant Accounts

 

6.2.

Investment of Accounts

 

6.3.

Charges Against Accounts

 

SECTION 7.

FUNDING

9

 

 

7.1.

Funding

 

7.2.

Corporate Obligation

 

SECTION 8.

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

10

 

SECTION 9.

ADMINISTRATION

10

 

 

9.1.

Authority

 

9.2.

Liability

 

9.3.

Procedures

 

9.4.

Claim for Benefits

 

9.5.

Claims Procedure

 

9.5.1.

Original Claim

 

9.5.2.

Claims Review Procedure

 

9.5.3.

General Rules

 

9.6.

Legal Fees

 

9.7.

Errors in Computations

 

SECTION 10.

MISCELLANEOUS

12

 

 

10.1.

Not an Employment Contract

 

10.2.

Nontransferability

 

10.3.

Tax Withholding

 

10.4.

Expenses

 

10.5.

Governing Law

 

10.6.

Amendment and Termination

 

10.7.

Rules of Interpretation

 

 

 

-ii-




DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

EXCESS PENSION PLAN

(2008 Restatement)

SECTION   1

 

HISTORY AND PURPOSE

1.1.          History . Since 1987, Donaldson Company, Inc. has maintained an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation for a select group of highly compensated employees, originally known as the “DONALDSON COMPANY, INC. EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN” and renamed effective August 31, 1997 as the “DONALDSON COMPANY, INC. EXCESS PENSION PLAN”. The Plan, in its most current amended and restated form, is maintained under a document effective January 1, 2005 (the “Prior Plan Statement”). Effective as of January 1, 2008, Donaldson Company, Inc. hereby amends and restates the Plan in the manner hereinafter set forth to adopt miscellaneous changes necessary in order to comply with final Treasury regulations issued under section 409A of the Code.

1.2.          Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to enable the Company to replace benefits that will not be paid to a select group of management or highly compensated employees under the Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan because of: (i) the limitation on benefits under section 415 of the Code, (ii) the compensation limitation under section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and (iii) the voluntary deferral of compensation under the nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by Donaldson Company, Inc. known as the Donaldson Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation and 401(k) Excess Plan and prior nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements.

 

SECTION   2

 

DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context. Any masculine terminology used in the Plan shall also include the feminine gender and the definition of any terms in the singular shall also include the plural.

2.1.          Account  — the account established under this Plan for a Participant pursuant to Section 6.1.

2.2.          Affiliate — a business entity which is under “common control” with the Company or which is a member of an “affiliated service group” that includes the Company, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m) of the Code. A business entity shall also be treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment is required by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said required treatment, the Committee may, in its discretion, designate as

 




an Affiliate any business entity which is not such a “common control” or “affiliated service group” business entity but which is otherwise affiliated with the Company, subject to such limitations as the Committee may impose.

2.3.          Beneficiary  — any person or entity validly designated by the Participant in accordance with Section 5 to receive the benefits, if any, payable from the Participant’s Account after the Participant’s death. Designated persons or entities shall not be considered Beneficiaries until the death of the Participant.

2.4.          Board  — the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5.          Change of Control  — the occurrence of a “change in the ownership,” “change in effective control,” and/or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets,” as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A 3(i)(5), of the Affected Corporation. For this purpose, the “Affected Corporation” is the Participant’s employer, or any corporation (including the Company) in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending with the Participant’s employer. A “majority shareholder” is a shareholder owning more than 50 percent of the total fair market value and total voting power of such corporation.

2.6.          Code  — the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

2.7.          Committee  — the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.8.          Company  — Donaldson Company, Inc. and, except in determining under Section 2.5 hereof whether or not any Change of Control has occurred, shall include any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise.

2.9.          Compensation  — the amount of remuneration paid to an Eligible Employee that was treated as “Compensation” for the purpose of calculating Pay Credits.

2.10.        Compensation Credit  — any amount credited to an Eligible Employee in accordance with Section 4.1.

2.11.        Deferral Credit  — any amount credited to an Eligible Employee under Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 of the Deferred Compensation Plan.

2.12.        Deferred Compensation Plan  — the nonqualified deferred compensation plan known as the “Donaldson Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation and 401(k) Excess Plan,” as amended from time to time.

2.13.        Disability, Disabled  — a physical or mental impairment which constitutes total and permanent disability and during which the Eligible Employee is not receiving any payments of an

 

-2-




Early Retirement Pension or a Vested Benefit under the Pension Plan, and the Eligible Employee either:

 

(a)

is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company; or

 

(b)

is eligible to receive and is actually receiving (after the applicable waiting period) benefits under the federal Social Security Act as in effect at the time of the Disability.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms Disability and Disabled shall at all times be interpreted in a manner so as not to violate section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

2.14.        Effective Date  — the amended and restated Plan document as set forth herein is effective as of January 1, 2008.

2.15.        Eligible Employee  — any executive employee of the Company or its Affiliates who, for the Plan Year at issue, meets all of the requirements of Section 3.1.

2.16.        ERISA  — the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any reference in this Plan to a section of ERISA, including the applicable regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

2.17.        Participant  — an Eligible Employee or a former Eligible Employee of the Company or its Affiliates who has any amount credited to his or her Account in this Plan.

2.18.        Pay Credit  — a pay-related amount credited to the Pension Account Balance of a Participant under the Pension Plan.

2.19.        Pension Account Balance  — the Participant’s “Account Balance” in the Pension Plan, as defined under by Pension Plan.

2.20.        Pension Plan  — the tax-qualified pension plan known as the “Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan (1997 Restatement),” as amended from time to time.

2.21.        Plan  — the Donaldson Company, Inc. Excess Pension Plan as set forth herein, and as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.22.        Plan Year  — the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on any July 31.

2.23.        Termination of Employment  — the separation from service (within the meaning of Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company Controlled Group, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Disability or death. Whether a separation from service has occurred is

 

-3-




determined under section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h) ( i.e ., whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the employer and the employee reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the employer if the employee has been providing services to the employer less than thirty-six (36) months)). Separation from service shall not be deemed to occur while the employee is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, so long as the employee retains a right to reemployment with any member of the Company Controlled Group under an applicable statute or by contract. For this purpose, a leave is bona fide only if, and so long as, there is a reasonable expectation that the employee will return to perform services for any member of the Company Controlled Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a twenty-nine (29) month period of absence will be substituted for such six (6) month period if the leave is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of no less than six (6) months and that causes the employee to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position of employment. For this purpose, the “Company Controlled Group” is the Participant’s employer and all persons with whom the employer would be considered a single employer under Code sections 414(b) and 414(c); provided that, in applying Code sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code section 414(b), the language “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears therein, and in applying Treas. Regs. § 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Code section 414(c), “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears therein.

2.24.        Vested  — nonforfeitable.

 

 

SECTION   3

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1.          Eligibility . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, an executive employee of the Company or its Affiliates shall be an Eligible Employee for a Plan Year if:

 

(a)

the employee is entitled to a Pay Credit for the Plan Year and

 

(i)

the employee’s rate of Compensation for the Plan Year exceeds the annual compensation limit then in effect under Code section 401(a)(17), or

 

-4-




 

(ii)

the employee elects to have a portion of his or her Compensation credited as a “Deferral Credit” under the Deferred Compensation Plan, or

 

(b)

the employee has a Termination of Employment during the Plan Year, and the Pension Plan benefit payable to the employee at the earliest opportunity following such Termination of Employment is limited by reason of the limitation on benefits under Code section 415.

The Committee may discontinue an employee’s active participation in the Plan at any time. In connection with an Eligible Employee’s commencement of participation in the Plan, the Eligible Employee shall elect the time and form of payment of such Participant’s Account as permitted under Section 5, along with such other elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under the Plan. For these elections to be valid, the election form must be completed and timely delivered to the Committee and accepted by the Committee within thirty (30) days after the Participant is first credited with any amount pursuant to Section 4.

3.2.          Commencement of Participation . An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan when the Eligible Employee is first credited with any amount pursuant to Section 4.

3.3.          Termination of Participation . A person shall cease to be a Participant as soon as all amounts credited to the Participant’s Account have been paid in full.

3.4.          Overriding Exclusion . Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in this Plan or in any written communication, summary, resolution or document or oral communication, no individual shall be a Participant in this Plan, develop benefits under this Plan or be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (either for the employee or his or her survivors) unless such individual is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA). If a court of competent jurisdiction, any representative of the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental, regulatory or similar body makes any direct or indirect, formal or informal, determination that an individual is not a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA), such individual shall not be (and shall not have ever been) a Participant in this Plan at any time. If any person not so defined has been erroneously treated as a Participant in this Plan, upon discovery of such error such person’s erroneous participation shall immediately terminate ab   initio and upon demand such person shall be obligated to reimburse the Company for all amounts erroneously paid to him or her.

 

SECTION   4

 

CREDITED AMOUNTS

4.1.          Compensation Credit . The Account of each employee who is an Eligible Employee for a Plan Year shall be credited with a Compensation Credit for that Plan Year equal to the amount, if

 

-5-




any, of the Pay Credits the Eligible Employee did not receive under the Pension Plan, but would have been entitled to receive under the Pension Plan for that Plan Year if:

 

(a)

the Eligible Employee had not elected to have Deferral Credits credited to his or her account under the Deferred Compensation Plan; and

 

(b)

the Eligible Employee’s Compensation for purposes of the Pension Plan was not limited by the annual compensation limit under section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

4.2.          415   Credit . The Eligible Employee’s Account, for the Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee’s Termination of Employment occurs, also shall be credited with a one-time Compensation Credit equal to the difference, if any, between the amount that would be payable to the Eligible Employee under the Pension Plan if the Eligible Employee received his or her entire benefit under the Pension Plan in the form of a single lump-sum distribution at the earliest opportunity following such Termination of Employment, and the amount that would have been so payable if the limitation on benefits under Code section 415 did not apply. In the event a former Participant is rehired after receiving a payment under this Plan and the individual later becomes entitled to another payment from this Plan, the amount credited pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be reduced (but not to less than zero) by any amounts previously credited under this Section.

4.3.          Vesting . Subject to the forfeiture provisions of Section 8, the Account of a Participant shall be 100% Vested at all times after the Participant becomes Vested in his or her benefits under the Pension Plan.

 

SECTION   5

 

TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS

5.1.          Time of Payment . Payment of a Participant’s Account under the Plan will commence as soon as administratively feasible after (but not later than December 31 of the Plan Year in which occurs, or if later, sixty (60) days following) the earliest of the following events:

 

(a)

the Participant’s death;

 

(b)

the Participant’s Disability;

 

(c)

the date that is twenty four (24) months following the Participant’s Termination of Employment; or

 

(d)

a date of distribution selected by the Participant (at the time the Participant first becomes eligible to participate, on a form prescribed by the Committee), which may be a date that is a specified number of months after the Participant’s Termination of Employment (not to exceed twenty four (24) months); provided, however, that where payment under this paragraph (d)(ii)

 

-6-




is made to any “specified employee” (as defined under section 409A of the Code) on account of Termination of Employment, such payment shall commence no earlier than six (6) months following a Termination of Employment (or upon the death of the employee, if earlier) if required to comply with section 409A of the Code.

5.2.          Manner of Payment . A Participant’s Account will be paid in cash to the Participant in either a single lump-sum payment or in annual installments over a period of not more than twenty (20) years. The Participant must elect a manner of payment at the time the Participant elects his or her date of distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special rules shall apply:

 

(a)

in the case of the Participant’s death or Disability, payment shall be in a single lump sum.

 

(b)

if the Participant’s Account upon commencement of distribution under Section 5.1 is less then Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), payment shall be in a single lump sum.

 

(c)

in the event no election was made by the Participant, payment shall be in a single lump sum.

5.3.          Changes in Time and Manner of Payment . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is actively employed by the Company may make a new election concerning selection of the time and form of payment authorized pursuant to this Section 5.3, subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)

Such election must be submitted to and accepted by the Committee at least twelve (12) months prior to the date a distribution to the Participant would otherwise have been made or commenced;

 

(b)

The election shall have no effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made;

 

(c)

The election may change the time when payment shall commence but only if the new date selected by the Participant for commencement shall be a date that is at least five (5) years from the prior date of distribution selected by the Participant;

 

(d)

The election may reduce or extend the number of installment payments (subject to the limitations in Section 5.2) so long as the initial installment is delayed at least five (5) years from the date distribution would have otherwise commenced; and

 

(e)

If the participant changes the time and/or form of payment under this Section 5.3, payment shall commence as soon as administratively feasible after (but

 

-7-




not later than December 31 of the Plan Year in which occurs, or if later, sixty (60) days following) the earliest of the following events:

 

(i)

the Participant’s death;

 

(ii)

the Participant’s Disability; or

 

(iii)

the new date selected by the Participant for commencement.

5.4.          Change of Control Distributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of a Change of Control, each Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment with the Company for any reason during the two (2) year period following such Change of Control shall receive within ten (10) business days after the date of termination a lump sum payment of the entire balance contained in the Participant’s Account; provided, however, that with respect to any Participant who separated from service before the date of a Change of Control, the balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid at the time and in the manner as elected by the Participant under this Section 5 hereof (and shall not be commuted to a lump sum or otherwise accelerated by the Change of Control). Where payment under this Section 5.4 is made to any “specified employee” (as defined under section 409A of the Code) on account of Termination of Employment, such payment shall commence no earlier than six (6) months following a Termination of Employment (or upon the death of the employee, if earlier) if required to comply with section 409A of the Code.

5.5.          Death Benefit . In the event of a Participant’s death, the Company shall pay the amount of the Participant’s Account as of the date of death (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 6.2) in a lump-sum to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant’s death (but not later than December 31 of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s death occurs, or if later, sixty (60) days following such death). Payment to a Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be in cash.

5.6.          Beneficiary Designation . A Participant shall submit to the Company upon initial designation as an Eligible Employee in the Plan, and at such other times as the Participant desires, on a form provided by the Committee, a written designation of the beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom payment of the Participant’s Account under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death. Beneficiary designations shall become effective only when received by the Company. Beneficiary designations first received by the Company after the Participant’s death, and any designations in effect at the time a valid subsequent designation is received by the Company, shall be invalid and have no effect. If a Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, or if no designated Beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, the Participant’s Account shall be distributed to those persons entitled to receive the Participant’s benefit under the Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan (1997 Restatement), as amended from time to time.

 

-8-




SECTION   6

 

ACCOUNTS

6.1.          Participant Accounts . The Committee shall cause a bookkeeping account to be kept in the name of each Participant which shall reflect the value of the Compensation Credits and any Initial Credits, and any earnings thereon, credited to a Participant. Compensation Credits other than the Initial Credit described in Section 4.1 shall be credited to a Participant’s Account as of the last day of the Plan Year to which they relate, or, if the Participant dies or elects to commence distribution of his or her Account prior to such last day, at such time as the Committee shall direct.

6.2.          Investment of Accounts . Amounts credited to a Participant’s Account will be adjusted as of the last day of each Plan Year (beginning July 31, 1998) to the same extent that an equal amount would be adjusted if it was part of the Participant’s Pension Account Balance for the Plan Year.

6.3.          Charges Against Accounts . There shall be charged against each Participant’s bookkeeping account any payments made to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5.

SECTION   7

 

FUNDING

7.1.          Funding . The Company and its Affiliates shall be responsible for paying all benefits due hereunder. For the purpose of facilitating the payment of benefits due hereunder, the Company may (but shall not be required to) establish and maintain a grantor trust pursuant to an Agreement between the Company and a trustee selected by the Company; provided, however, that any such grantor trust must be structured so that it does not result in any federal income tax consequences to any Participant until distributions under Section 5 are actually received. The Company may contribute to a grantor trust thereby created such amounts as it may from time to time determine.

7.2.          Corporate Obligation . Neither the officers nor any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its Affiliates in any way secures or guarantees the payment of any benefit or amount which may become due and payable hereunder to or with respect to any Participant. Each Participant and other person entitled at anytime to payments hereunder shall look solely to the assets of the Company and its Affiliates for such payments as an unsecured, general creditor. Nothing herein shall be construed to give a Participant, Beneficiary or any other person or persons any right, title, interest or claim in or to any specific asset, fund, reserve, account or property of any kind whatsoever owned by the Company or in which it may have any right, title or interest now or in the future. After benefits shall have been paid to or with respect to a Participant and such payment purports to cover in full the benefit hereunder, such former Participant or other person or persons, as the case may be, shall have no further right or interest in the other assets of the Company and its Affiliates in connection with this Plan.

 

 

-9-




SECTION   8

 

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

All unpaid benefits under this Plan shall be permanently forfeited if the Committee determines that the Participant, either before or after the Participant’s Termination of Employment or Disability, or before the Participant’s death:

 

(a)

engaged in criminal or fraudulent conduct resulting in a hardship to the Company or an Affiliate; or

 

(b)

breached the Participant’s written employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

SECTION   9

 

ADMINISTRATION

9.1.          Authority . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full discretionary power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan and to determine all factual and legal questions under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of Participants and Beneficiaries, and the amount of their respective interests. Except where necessary to comply with applicable corporate or securities law, or applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange (e.g., with respect to executive officers), the Committee may delegate or redelegate to one or more persons, jointly or severally, and whether or not such persons are members of the committee or employees of the Company, such functions assigned to the Committee hereunder as it may from time to time deem advisable. Until withdrawn or redelegated by the Committee, all of the Committee’s delegable power and authority under this Section 9.1 shall be deemed delegated to the Company’s Vice President in charge of executive compensation, excluding only the power and authority to act in such a way as would materially increase the cost of the Plan.

9.2.          Liability . No member of the Committee and no director or member of the management of the Company or its Affiliates shall be liable to any persons for any actions taken under the Plan, or for any failure to effect any of the objective or purposes of the Plan, by reason of insolvency or otherwise.

9.3.          Procedures . The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and procedures as it deems appropriate to assist in the administration of the Plan.

9.4.          Claim for Benefits . No employee or other person shall have any claim or right to payment of any amount hereunder until payment has been authorized and directed by the Committee.

 

-10-




9.5.          Claims Procedure . Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure set forth in this Section 9.5 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan.

9.5.1.             Original Claim . Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary of such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date the claim was filed) to reach a decision on the claim. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall state in writing:

 

(a)

the specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b)

the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based,

 

(c)

a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and

 

(d)

an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in this Section.

9.5.2.             Claims Review Procedure . Within sixty (60) days after receipt of notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than one hundred twenty days (120) from the date the request for review was filed) to reach a decision on the request for review.

9.5.3.             General Rules .

 

(a)

No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim unless made in accordance with the claims procedure. The Committee may require that any claim for benefits and any request for a review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be furnished by the Committee upon request.

 

(b)

All decisions on original claims shall be made by the Committee and requests for a review of denied claims shall be made by the Committee.

 

(c)

The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more hearings on a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim.

 

-11-




 

(d)

Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other representative at their own expense, but the Committee reserves the right to require the claimant to furnish written authorization. A claimant’s representative shall be entitled to copies of all notices given to the claimant.

 

(e)

The decision of the Committee on an original claim or on a request for a review of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in writing. If a decision or notice is not received by a claimant within the time specified, the claim or request for a review of a denied claim shall be deemed to have been denied.

 

(f)

Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim, the claimant or the claimant’s representative shall have a reasonable opportunity to review a copy of this Plan Statement and all other pertinent documents in the possession of the Company and its Affiliates.

9.6.          Legal Fees . If the Company does not pay the benefits required under the terms of the Plan for reasons other than the insolvency of the Company, the Company agrees to reimburse any Participant for all legal fees incurred in enforcing his or her claim to benefits under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with the provisions of section 409A of the Code, no reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Participant during any taxable year shall be made after the last day of the following taxable year.

9.7.          Errors in Computations . The Committee shall not be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of any benefit payable to or with respect to any Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant or by or on behalf of any Beneficiary to whom such benefit shall be payable, directly or indirectly, to the Committee, and used by the Committee in determining the benefit. The Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the benefit payable to or with respect to such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement or any other reason shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of the truth (and to recover any prior overpayment).

 

SECTION   10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1.        Not an Employment Contract . This Plan is not and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Company and any employee or other person, nor shall anything herein contained be deemed to give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the Company’s employ or in any way limit or restrict the Company’s right or power to discharge any employee or other person at any time and to treat him without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon the employee as a Participant in the Plan.

 

-12-




10.2.        Nontransferability . A Participant’s rights and interest under the Plan, including amounts payable, may not be assigned, alienated, pledged or transferred except, in the event of a Participant’s death to his Beneficiary. No benefit payable under this Plan shall be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or other legal process before actual payment to the Participant or Beneficiary.

10.3.        Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold the amount of any federal, state or local income tax or other tax required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law with respect to any amount payable under the Plan. The Participant shall not be liable for any tax withholding.

10.4.        Expenses . All expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

10.5.        Governing Law . Except to the extent that federal law is controlling, the Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.

10.6.        Amendment and Termination . The Company reserves the power to unilaterally amend this Plan at any time, either prospectively or retroactively or both by action of the Committee. The Committee may likewise terminate or curtail the benefits of this Plan both with regard to persons expecting to receive benefits in the future and persons already receiving benefits at the time of such action; provided, however, that the Committee may not amend or terminate the Plan with respect to benefits that have accrued and are vested pursuant to Section 4 in any manner that reduces the amount of such benefits or alters the effect of any Participant election previously filed with the Company. No modification of the terms of this Plan shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed on behalf of the Company by a person authorized to execute such writing. No oral representation concerning the interpretation or effect of this Plan shall be effective to amend the Plan. To the extent permissible under section 409A of the Code and related Treasury regulations and guidance, including but not limited to such guidance and regulations as may be issued after the effective date of this Plan, if there is a termination of the Plan, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, and notwithstanding any elections made by the Participant, to pay all benefits in a lump sum following such termination as soon as practicable subject to the limitations prescribed under section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

10.7.        Rules of Interpretation . The titles given to the various sections of this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning or intent of any provision hereof. This Plan shall be construed and this Plan shall be administered to create an unfunded plan providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees so that it is exempt from the requirements of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA and qualifies for a form of simplified, alternative compliance with the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Title I of ERISA.

 

 

-13-




Exhibit 10-H

 

DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(2008 Restatement)

As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 












DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(2008 Restatement)

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SECTION 1.

HISTORY AND PURPOSE

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.1.

History

 

 

1.2.

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.

Account

 

 

2.2.

Actuarial Equivalent

 

 

2.3.

Affiliate

 

 

2.4.

Basic Retirement Plan Benefits

 

 

2.5.

Beneficiary

 

 

2.6.

Board

 

 

2.7.

Change of Control

 

 

2.8.

Code

 

 

2.9.

Committee

 

 

2.10.

Company

 

 

2.11.

Compensation

 

 

2.12.

Deferral Credit

 

 

2.13.

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

 

2.14.

Disability, Disabled

 

 

2.15.

Early Retirement Factor

 

 

2.16.

Effective Date

 

 

2.17.

Eligible Employee

 

 

2.18.

ERISA

 

 

2.19.

Final Average Compensation

 

 

2.20.

Participant

 

 

2.21.

Pension Plan

 

 

2.22.

Pension Service

 

 

2.23.

Plan

 

 

2.24.

Plan Year

 

 

2.25.

Termination of Employment

 

 

2.26.

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.

Eligibility

 

 

3.2.

Commencement of Participation

 

 

3.3.

Termination of Participation

 

 

3.4.

Overriding Exclusion

 

 

 

-i-




SECTION 4.

CREDITED AMOUNTS

6

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.

Normal Retirement Benefit

 

 

4.2.

Early Retirement Benefit

 

 

4.3.

Disability or Death Benefit

 

 

4.4.

Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS

7

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.

Time of Payment

 

 

5.2.

Manner of Payment

 

 

5.3.

Changes in Time and Manner of Payment

 

 

5.4.

Change of Control Distributions

 

 

5.5.

Death Benefit

 

 

5.6.

Beneficiary Designation

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

ACCOUNT

10

 

 

 

 

 

6.1.

Participant Accounts

 

 

6.2.

Investment of Accounts

 

 

6.3.

Charges Against Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

FUNDING

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.1.

Funding

 

 

7.2.

Corporate Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

11

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

ADMINISTRATION

11

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.

Authority

 

 

9.2.

Liability

 

 

9.3.

Procedures

 

 

9.4.

Claim for Benefits

 

 

9.5.

Claims Procedure

 

 

9.5.1.

Original Claim

 

 

9.5.2.

Claims Review Procedure

 

 

9.5.3.

General Rules

 

 

9.6.

Legal Fees

 

 

9.7.

Errors in Computations

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

MISCELLANEOUS

13

 

 

 

 

 

10.1.

Not an Employment Contract

 

 

10.2.

Nontransferability

 

 

10.3.

Tax Withholding

 

 

10.4.

Expenses

 

 

10.5.

Governing Law

 

 

10.6.

Amendment and Termination

 

 

10.7.

Rules of Interpretation

 

 

 

-ii-




DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(2008 Restatement)

SECTION 1

 

HISTORY AND PURPOSE

1.1.          History . Donaldson Company, Inc. sponsors an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation for a select group of highly compensated employees, known as the “DONALDSON COMPANY, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN”. The Plan, in its most current amended and restated form, is maintained under a document effective January 1, 2005 (the “Prior Plan Statement”). Effective as of January 1, 2008, Donaldson Company, Inc. hereby amends and restates the Plan in the manner hereinafter set forth to (i) freeze participation and (ii) adopt miscellaneous changes necessary in order to comply with final Treasury regulations issued under section 409A of the Code.

1.2.          Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to enable the Company to provide supplemental retirement benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated employees such that the sum of the supplemental benefits, certain other retirement benefits provided by Company, and benefits provided by prior employers, will not be less than a predetermined portion of the employee’s final average compensation.

 

SECTION 2

 

DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context. Any masculine terminology used in the Plan shall also include the feminine gender and the definition of any terms in the singular shall also include the plural.

2.1.          Account   — the compensation account established under this Plan for a Participant pursuant to Section 6.1.

2.2.          Actuarial Equivalent  — a benefit of equivalent value computed on the basis of actuarial tables, factors and assumptions set forth in Appendix C to the Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan.

2.3.          Affiliate  — a business entity which is under “common control” with the Company or which is a member of an “affiliated service group” that includes the Company, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m) of the Code. A business entity shall also be treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment is required by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said required treatment, the Committee may, in its discretion, designate as an Affiliate any business entity which is not such a “common

 




control” or “affiliated service group” business entity but which is otherwise affiliated with the Company, subject to such limitations as the Committee may impose.

2.4.          Basic Retirement Plan Benefits  — the single lump-sum value of the benefits payable under all of the following plans, determined as of the date of the Eligible Employee’s Termination of Employment, death or Disability, whichever happens first (or if the value of a plan cannot be determined as of that date, as of the valuation date for such plan that immediately precedes or follows such Termination of Employment, death or Disability, whichever happens first, as determined by the Committee), and subject to the limitations, if any, set forth below:

 

(a)

Donaldson Company, Inc. Retirement Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (including profit sharing and PAYSOP), taking into account only vested benefits attributable employer contributions;

 

(b)

Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan;

 

(c)

Donaldson Company, Inc. Excess Pension Plan;

 

(d)

Donaldson Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation and 401(k) Excess Plan, taking into account only benefits attributable to Company Credits;

 

(e)

Donaldson Company, Inc. ESOP Restoration Plan;

 

(f)

Any qualified or non-qualified retirement plan, program or arrangement provided by the Company or an Affiliate and not listed above, taking into account only vested benefits attributable to employer contributions; and

 

(g)

Any qualified or non-qualified retirement plan, program or arrangement provided by a prior employer, taking into account only vested benefits attributable to employer contributions.

For purposes of paragraphs (a), (f) and (g) above, “employer contributions” does not include pre-tax contributions to a tax-qualified retirement plan elected by an Eligible Employee in lieu of current compensation under a 401(k) arrangement, or any other amount contributed due to an Eligible Employee’s election to defer compensation. If prior to the earliest of the Eligible Employee’s Termination of Employment, death or Disability the Eligible Employee received a distribution of any benefits that, but for the distribution, would have been included in the Eligible Employee’s Basic Retirement Plan Benefits, such Basic Retirement Plan Benefits shall be increased by the amount of such distribution, plus interest thereon at a rate to be determined by the Committee. In the event any of the foregoing plans do not provide for payment in a single lump-sum, the benefit taken into account for purposes of this Section 2.4 shall be the single lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payable under such plan.

2.5.          Beneficiary  — any person or entity validly designated by the Participant in accordance with Section 5 to receive the benefits, if any, payable under the Plan with respect to the Participant after the Participant’s death. Designated persons or entities shall not be considered Beneficiaries until the death of the Participant.

 

-2-




2.6.          Board — the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.7.          Change of Control   — the occurrence of a “change in the ownership,” “change in effective control,” and/or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets,” as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A 3(i)(5), of the Affected Corporation. For this purpose, the “Affected Corporation” is the Participant’s employer, or any corporation (including the Company) in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending with the Participant’s employer. A “majority shareholder” is a shareholder owning more than 50 percent of the total fair market value and total voting power of such corporation.

2.8.          Code   — the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

2.9.          Committee   — the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.10.        Company   — Donaldson Company, Inc. and, except in determining under Section 2.7 hereof whether or not any Change of Control has occurred, shall include any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise.

2.11.        Compensation   — the amount of remuneration paid to an Eligible Employee that was treated as “Compensation” within the meaning of the Donaldson Company, Inc. Excess Pension Plan (modified as described in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 4.2 of such plan), subject, however to the following:

 

(a)

annual bonuses shall be included in the year they are earned, not the year they are paid;

 

(b)

amounts paid under a non-qualified plan of deferred compensation shall not be included (e.g., payments of deferred salary or bonus).

2.12.        Deferral Credit  — any amount credited to an Eligible Employee under Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 of the Deferred Compensation Plan.

2.13.        Deferred Compensation Plan  — the nonqualified deferred compensation plan known as the “Donaldson Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation and 401(k) Excess Plan,” as amended from time to time.

2.14.        Disability, Disabled   — a physical or mental impairment which constitutes total and permanent disability and during which the Eligible Employee is not receiving any payments of an Early Retirement Pension or a Vested Benefit under the Pension Plan, and the Eligible Employee either:

 

(a)

is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a

 

-3-




continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company; or

 

(b)

is eligible to receive and is actually receiving (after the applicable waiting period) benefits under the federal Social Security Act as in effect at the time of the Disability.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms Disability and Disabled shall at all times be interpreted in a manner so as not to violate section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

2.15.        Early Retirement Factor  — a one-sixth of one percent reduction for each month, or portion thereof, that the Participant’s Termination of Employment precedes the Participant’s attainment of age 62.

2.16.        Effective Date  — the amended and restated Plan document as set forth herein is effective as of January 1, 2008.

2.17.        Eligible Employee   — any senior officer of the Company who meets all of the requirements of Section 3.1.

2.18.        ERISA  — the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any reference in this Plan to a section of ERISA, including the applicable regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

2.19.        Final Average Compensation  — the Participant’s average annual Compensation for the highest three consecutive Plan Years out of the most recent ten Plan Years, ending with the Plan Year in which the earliest of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, death or Disability, occurs.

2.20.        Participant  — an Eligible Employee or a former Eligible Employee who has not received all of the benefits to which he or she is entitled under this Plan.

2.21.        Pension Plan  — the tax-qualified pension plan known as the “Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan (1997 Restatement),” as amended from time to time.

2.22.        Pension Service — the Participant’s “Benefit Service” as defined in the Pension Plan.

2.23.        Plan   — the Donaldson Company, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as set forth herein, and as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.24.        Plan Year — the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on any July 31.

2.25.        Termination of Employment   — the separation from service (within the meaning of Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company Controlled Group, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Disability or death. Whether a separation from service has occurred is determined under section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h) ( i.e ., whether the

 

-4-




facts and circumstances indicate that the employer and the employee reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the employer if the employee has been providing services to the employer less than thirty-six (36) months)). Separation from service shall not be deemed to occur while the employee is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, so long as the employee retains a right to reemployment with any member of the Company Controlled Group under an applicable statute or by contract. For this purpose, a leave is bona fide only if, and so long as, there is a reasonable expectation that the employee will return to perform services for any member of the Company Controlled Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a twenty-nine (29) month period of absence will be substituted for such six (6) month period if the leave is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of no less than six (6) months and that causes the employee to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position of employment. For this purpose, the “Company Controlled Group” is the Participant’s employer and all persons with whom the employer would be considered a single employer under Code sections 414(b) and 414(c); provided that, in applying Code sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code section 414(b), the language “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears therein, and in applying Treas. Regs. § 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Code section 414(c), “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears therein.

2.26.        Vested — nonforfeitable.

SECTION 3

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1.          Eligibility . Effective January 1, 2008, no new Participants shall be permitted to participate in the Plan. Any senior officer of the Company who was affirmatively selected as an Eligible Employee by the Committee prior to January 1, 2008 may continue to participate in the Plan. Committee selections shall continue in effect until rescinded by the Committee. The Committee may rescind its selection and thereby discontinue a senior officer’s active participation in the Plan at any time. If any amendment or restatement of the Plan increases the cost of the benefits payable to a senior officer, the senior officer’s selection will be deemed rescinded immediately prior to the effective date of the amendment or restatement, unless reauthorized by the Committee or its delegate. If a senior officer’s selection is rescinded (or deemed rescinded), the benefit, if any, provided by this Plan shall be calculated pursuant to the terms of the Plan in effect when the rescission (or deemed rescission) took effect, using only the Participant’s compensation through that time, but calculating any offset for other benefits using the amount of such other benefits at the time of the person’s actual Termination of Employment. In connection with an Eligible Employee’s commencement of participation in the Plan, the Eligible

 

-5-




Employee shall have elected the time and form of payment of such Participant’s Account as permitted under Section 5, along with such other elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under the Plan. For these elections to be valid, the election form must have been completed and timely delivered to the Committee and accepted by the Committee within thirty (30) days after the Participant first became eligible to participate in the Plan.

3.2.          Commencement of Participation . Effective January 1, 2008, no new Participants shall be permitted to participate in the Plan. An Eligible Employees who became a Participant in the Plan prior to January 1, 2008 commenced participation when the Eligible Employee was first affirmatively selected as required by Section 3.1.

3.3.          Termination of Participation . A person shall cease to be a Participant as soon as all amounts payable to the Participant have been paid in full.

3.4.          Overriding Exclusion . Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in this Plan or in any written communication, summary, resolution or document or oral communication, no individual shall be a Participant in this Plan, develop benefits under this Plan or be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (either for the employee or his or her survivors) unless such individual is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA). If a court of competent jurisdiction, any representative of the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental, regulatory or similar body makes any direct or indirect, formal or informal, determination that an individual is not a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA), such individual shall not be (and shall not have ever been) a Participant in this Plan at any time. If any person not so defined has been erroneously treated as a Participant in this Plan, upon discovery of such error such person’s erroneous participation shall immediately terminate ab   initio and upon demand such person shall be obligated to reimburse the Company for all amounts erroneously paid to him or her.

SECTION 4

 

CREDITED AMOUNTS

4.1.          Normal Retirement Benefit . A Participant whose Termination of Employment occurs on or after the date the Participant attains age 62 and completes at least ten (10) years of Pension Service shall be credited with a Normal Retirement Benefit equal to (a) minus (b):

 

(a)

the product of (i), (ii) and (iii):

 

(i)

30%;

 

(ii)

Years of Pension Service, limited to twenty (20); and

 

(iii)

Final Average Compensation

 

(b)

the lump-sum value of the Participant’s Basic Retirement Plan Benefits.

 

-6-




4.2.          Early Retirement Benefit . A Participant whose Termination of Employment occurs after the Participant has completed at least fifteen (15) years of Pension Service and attained age 55, but before the date the Participant attains age 62 shall, in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan, be credited with an Early Retirement Benefit equal to the amount determined in the same manner as provided in Section 4.1 above, except that the product in Section 4.1(a) will include a fourth factor:

 

(iv)

Early Retirement Factor

(Example: If a Participant retires early at age 60, the product in Section 4.1(a) would be further multiplied by .96.)

4.3.          Disability or Death Benefit . A Participant who becomes Disabled prior to his or her Termination of Employment and after completing at least fifteen (15) years of Pension Service and before the date he or she attains age 62, or who dies prior to both the Participant’s Termination of Employment and Disability, shall, in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan, be credited with a Disability or Death Benefit equal to the amount determined in the same manner as provided in Section 4.2, taking into account only Pension Service through the date of Disability or death, and determining the Early Retirement Factor based on the amount, if any, by which the Participant’s Disability or death precedes the Participant’s attainment of age 62.

4.4.          Vesting . The applicable amount determined in accordance with this Section 4 shall be credited to the Participant’s Account at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, death or Disability, as applicable. Subject to the forfeiture provisions of Section 8, any Account established for a Participant under this Plan shall be 100% Vested at all times.

 

SECTION 5

 

TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS

5.1.          Time of Payment . Payment of a Participant’s Account under the Plan will commence as soon as administratively feasible after (but not later than December 31 of the Plan Year in which occurs, or if later, sixty (60) days following) the earliest of the following events:

 

(a)

the Participant’s death;

 

(b)

the Participant’s Disability;

 

(c)

the date that is twenty four (24) months following the Participant’s Termination of Employment; or

 

(d)

a date of distribution selected by the Participant (at the time the Participant first becomes eligible to participate, on a form prescribed by the Committee), which may be a date that is a specified number of months after the Participant’s Termination of Employment (not to exceed twenty four (24) months); provided, however, that where payment under this paragraph (d)(ii) is made to any “specified employee” (as defined under section 409A of the

 

-7-




Code) on account of Termination of Employment, such payment shall commence no earlier than six (6) months following a Termination of Employment (or upon the death of the employee, if earlier) if required to comply with section 409A of the Code.

5.2.          Manner of Payment . A Participant’s Account shall be paid in cash to the Participant in either a single lump-sum payment or in annual installments over a period of not more than twenty (20) years. The Participant must elect a manner of payment at the time the Participant elects his or her date of distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special rules shall apply:

 

(a)

in the case of the Participant’s death or Disability, payment shall be in a single lump sum;

 

(b)

if the Participant’s Account upon commencement of distribution under Section 5.1 is less then Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), payment shall be in a single lump sum; and

 

(c)

in the event no election was made by the Participant, payment shall be in a single lump sum.

5.3.          Changes in Time and Manner of Payment . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is actively employed by the Company may make a new election concerning selection of the time and form of payment authorized pursuant to this Section 5.3, subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)

Such election must be submitted to and accepted by the Committee at least twelve (12) months prior to the date a distribution to the Participant would otherwise have been made or commenced;

 

(b)

The election shall have no effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made;

 

(c)

The election may change the time when payment shall commence but only if the new date selected by the Participant for commencement shall be a date that is at least five (5) years from the prior date of distribution selected by the Participant;

 

(d)

The election may reduce or extend the number of installment payments (subject to the limitations in Section 5.2) so long as the initial installment is delayed at least five (5) years from the date distribution would have otherwise commenced; and

 

(e)

If the participant changes the time and/or form of payment under this Section 5.3, payment shall commence as soon as administratively feasible after (but not later than December 31 of the Plan Year in which occurs, or if later, sixty (60) days following) the earliest of the following events:

 

-8-




 

(i)

the Participant’s death;

 

(ii)

the Participant’s Disability; or

 

(iii)

the new date selected by the Participant for commencement.

5.4.          Change of Control Distributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of a Change of Control, each Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment with the Company for any reason during the two (2) year period following such Change of Control shall receive within ten (10) business days after the date of termination a lump sum payment of the entire balance contained in the Participant’s Account; provided, however, that with respect to any Participant who separated from service before the date of a Change of Control, the balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid at the time and in the manner as elected by the Participant under this Section 5 hereof (and shall not be commuted to a lump sum or otherwise accelerated by the Change of Control). Where payment under this Section 5.4 is made to any “specified employee” (as defined under section 409A of the Code) on account of Termination of Employment, such payment shall commence no earlier than six (6) months following a Termination of Employment (or upon the death of the employee, if earlier) if required to comply with section 409A of the Code.

5.5.          Death Benefit . In the event of a Participant’s death, the Company shall pay the amount of the Participant’s Account as of the date of death (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 6.2) in a lump-sum to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant’s death (but not later than December 31 of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s death occurs, or if later, sixty (60) days following such death). Payment to a Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be in cash.

5.6.          Beneficiary Designation . A Participant shall submit to the Company upon initial designation as an Eligible Employee in the Plan, and at such other times as the Participant desires, on a form provided by the Committee, a written designation of the beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom payment of the Participant’s Account under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death. Beneficiary designations shall become effective only when received by the Company. Beneficiary designations first received by the Company after the Participant’s death, and any designations in effect at the time a valid subsequent designation is received by the Company, shall be invalid and have no effect. If a Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, or if no designated Beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, the Participant’s Account shall be distributed to those persons entitled to receive distribution of the Participant’s benefit under the Donaldson Company, Inc. Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan (1997 Restatement), as amended from time to time.

 

-9-




SECTION 6

 

ACCOUNT

6.1.          Participant Accounts . The Committee shall cause a bookkeeping account to be kept in the name of each Participant which shall reflect the value of the Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Retirement Benefit, Disability or death benefit credited to the Participant at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, death or Disability, whichever applies.

6.2.          Investment of Accounts . When the manner of payment is annual installments, the Participant’s Account will be adjusted as of the last day of each Plan Year to the same extent that an equal amount would be adjusted if it had been credited to the subfund under the Deferred Compensation Plan that provides a fixed rate of return.

6.3.          Charges Against Accounts . There shall be charged against each Participant’s bookkeeping account any payments made to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5.

 

SECTION 7

 

FUNDING

7.1.          Funding . The Company and its Affiliates shall be responsible for paying all benefits due hereunder. For the purpose of facilitating the payment of benefits due hereunder, the Company may (but shall not be required to) establish and maintain a grantor trust pursuant to an Agreement between the Company and a trustee selected by the Company; provided, however, that any such grantor trust must be structured so that it does not result in any federal income tax consequences to any Participant until distributions under Section 5 are actually received. The Company may contribute to a grantor trust thereby created such amounts as it may from time to time determine.

7.2.          Corporate Obligation . Neither the officers nor any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its Affiliates in any way secures or guarantees the payment of any benefit or amount which may become due and payable hereunder to or with respect to any Participant. Each Participant and other person entitled at anytime to payments hereunder shall look solely to the assets of the Company and its Affiliates for such payments as an unsecured, general creditor. Nothing herein shall be construed to give a Participant, Beneficiary or any other person or persons any right, title, interest or claim in or to any specific asset, fund, reserve, account or property of any kind whatsoever owned by the Company or in which it may have any right, title or interest now or in the future. After benefits shall have been paid to or with respect to a Participant and such payment purports to cover in full the benefit hereunder, such former Participant or other person or persons, as the case may be, shall have no further right or interest in the other assets of the Company and its Affiliates in connection with this Plan.

 

-10-




SECTION 8

 

FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS

All unpaid benefits under this Plan shall be permanently forfeited if the Committee determines that the Participant, either before or after the Participant’s Termination of Employment or Disability, or before the Participant’s death:

 

(a)

engaged in criminal or fraudulent conduct resulting in a hardship to the Company or an Affiliate; or

 

(b)

breached the Participant’s written employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

SECTION 9

 

ADMINISTRATION

9.1.          Authority . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full discretionary power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan and to determine all factual and legal questions under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of Participants and Beneficiaries, and the amount of their respective interests. Except where necessary to comply with applicable corporate or securities law, or applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange (e.g., with respect to executive officers), the Committee may delegate or redelegate to one or more persons, jointly or severally, and whether or not such persons are members of the committee or employees of the Company, such functions assigned to the Committee hereunder as it may from time to time deem advisable. Until withdrawn or redelegated by the Committee, all of the Committee’s delegable power and authority under this Section 9.1 shall be deemed delegated to the Company’s Vice President in charge of executive compensation, excluding only the power and authority to act in such a way as would materially increase the cost of the Plan.

9.2.          Liability . No member of the Committee and no director or member of the management of the Company or its Affiliates shall be liable to any persons for any actions taken under the Plan, or for any failure to effect any of the objective or purposes of the Plan, by reason of insolvency or otherwise.

9.3.          Procedures . The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and procedures as it deems appropriate to assist in the administration of the Plan.

9.4.          Claim for Benefits . No employee or other person shall have any claim or right to payment of any amount hereunder until payment has been authorized and directed by the Committee.

9.5.          Claims Procedure . Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure set forth in this Section 9.5 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan.

 

-11-




9.5.1.             Original Claim . Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary of such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date the claim was filed) to reach a decision on the claim. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall state in writing:

 

(a)

the specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b)

the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based;

 

(c)

a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

(d)

an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in this Section.

9.5.2.             Claims Review Procedure . Within sixty (60) days after receipt of notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than one hundred twenty days (120) from the date the request for review was filed) to reach a decision on the request for review.

9.5.3.             General Rules .

 

(a)

No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim unless made in accordance with the claims procedure. The Committee may require that any claim for benefits and any request for a review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be furnished by the Committee upon request.

 

(b)

All decisions on original claims shall be made by the Committee and requests for a review of denied claims shall be made by the Committee.

 

(c)

The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more hearings on a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim.

 

(d)

Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other representative at their own expense, but the Committee reserves the right to require the claimant to furnish written authorization. A claimant’s representative shall be entitled to copies of all notices given to the claimant.

 

-12-




 

(e)

The decision of the Committee on an original claim or on a request for a review of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in writing. If a decision or notice is not received by a claimant within the time specified, the claim or request for a review of a denied claim shall be deemed to have been denied.

 

(f)

Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim, the claimant or the claimant’s representative shall have a reasonable opportunity to review a copy of this Plan Statement and all other pertinent documents in the possession of the Company and its Affiliates.

9.6.          Legal Fees . If the Company does not pay the benefits required under the terms of the Plan for reasons other than the insolvency of the Company, the Company agrees to reimburse any Participant for all legal fees incurred in enforcing his or her claim to benefits under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with the provisions of section 409A of the Code, no reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Participant during any taxable year shall be made after the last day of the following taxable year.

9.7.          Errors in Computations . The Committee shall not be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of any benefit payable to or with respect to any Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant or by or on behalf of any Beneficiary to whom such benefit shall be payable, directly or indirectly, to the Committee, and used by the Committee in determining the benefit. The Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the benefit payable to or with respect to such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement or any other reason shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of the truth (and to recover any prior overpayment).

 

SECTION 10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1.        Not an Employment Contract . This Plan is not and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Company and any employee or other person, nor shall anything herein contained be deemed to give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the Company’s employ or in any way limit or restrict the Company’s right or power to discharge any employee or other person at any time and to treat him without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon the employee as a Participant in the Plan.

10.2.        Nontransferability . A Participant’s rights and interest under the Plan, including amounts payable, may not be assigned, alienated, pledged or transferred except, in the event of a Participant’s death to his Beneficiary. No benefit payable under this Plan shall be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or other legal process before actual payment to the Participant or Beneficiary.

 

-13-




10.3.        Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold the amount of any federal, state or local income tax or other tax required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law with respect to any amount payable under the Plan. The Participant shall not be liable for any tax withholding.

10.4.        Expenses . All expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

10.5.        Governing Law . Except to the extent that federal law is controlling, the Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.

10.6.        Amendment and Termination . The Company reserves the power to unilaterally amend this Plan at any time, either prospectively or retroactively or both by action of the Committee. The Committee may likewise terminate or curtail the benefits of this Plan both with regard to persons expecting to receive benefits in the future and persons already receiving benefits at the time of such action; provided, however, that the Committee may not amend or terminate the Plan with respect to benefits that have accrued and are vested pursuant to Section 4 in any manner that reduces the amount of such benefits or alters the effect of any Participant election previously filed with the Company. No modification of the terms of this Plan shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed on behalf of the Company by a person authorized to execute such writing. No oral representation concerning the interpretation or effect of this Plan shall be effective to amend the Plan. To the extent permissible under section 409A of the Code and related Treasury regulations and guidance, including but not limited to such guidance and regulations as may be issued after the effective date of this Plan, if there is a termination of the Plan, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, and notwithstanding any elections made by the Participant, to pay all benefits in a lump sum following such termination as soon as practicable subject to the limitations prescribed under section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

10.7.        Rules of Interpretation . The titles given to the various sections of this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning or intent of any provision hereof. This Plan shall be construed and this Plan shall be administered to create an unfunded plan providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees so that it is exempt from the requirements of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA and qualifies for a form of simplified, alternative compliance with the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Title I of ERISA.

 

 


-14-




Exhibit 10-O

 

DONALDSON COMPANY, INC.

2001 MASTER STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1.

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by aiding the Company in attracting and retaining employees, officers, consultants, independent contractors and non-employee directors capable of assuring the future success of the Company, to offer such persons incentives to put forth maximum efforts for the success of the Company's business and to afford such persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, thereby aligning the interests of such persons with the Company's stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

 

(a)

“Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in each case as determined by the Committee.

 

 

(b)

“Award” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

 

(c)

“Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan.

 

 

(d)

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

(e)

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 

(f)

“Committee” shall mean a committee of Directors designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The Committee shall be comprised of not less than such number of Directors as shall be required to permit Awards granted under the Plan to qualify under Rule 16b-3, and each member of the Committee shall be a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Company expects to have the Plan administered in accordance with the requirements for the award of “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

 

(g)

“Company” shall mean Donaldson Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation.

 

 

(h)

“Director” shall mean a member of the Board.

 

 

(i)

“Dividend Equivalent” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(e) of the Plan.

 

 

(j)

“Eligible Person” shall mean any employee, officer, Director (including any Non-Employee Director), consultant or independent contractor providing services to the Company or any Affiliate who the Committee determines to be an Eligible Person.

 

1

 



 

(k)

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

(l)

“Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities), the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of a Share as of a given date shall be, if the Shares are then traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of one Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date or, if the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading on such date, on the most recent preceding date when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

 

(m)

“Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

 

 

(n)

“Limitation Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, one and one-half (1.50) percent of the Outstanding Shares.

 

 

(o)

“Non-Employee Director” shall mean any Director who is not also an employee of the Company.

 

 

(p)

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

 

(q)

“Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

 

(r)

“Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(f) of the Plan.

 

 

(s)

“Outstanding Shares” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the sum of the outstanding Shares, the outstanding Share equivalents (as determined by the Company in the calculation of earnings per share on a fully diluted basis) and Shares held in the treasury of the Company, as reported in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, for the most recent fiscal year that ends during such Plan Year.

 

 

(t)

“Participant” shall mean an Eligible Person designated to be granted an Award under the Plan.

 

 

(u)

“Performance Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(d) of the Plan.

 

 

(v)

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association or trust.

 

 

(w)

“Plan” shall mean the Donaldson Company, Inc. 2001 Master Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, the provisions of which are set forth herein.

 

 

(x)

“Plan Year” shall mean a consecutive 12-month period ending on December 31 of each year.

 

 

(y)

“Reload Option” shall mean any Option granted under Section 6(a)(iv) of the Plan.

 

 

(z)

“Restricted Stock” shall mean any Shares granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan.

 

 

(aa)

“Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean any unit granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan evidencing the right to receive a Share (or a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share) at some future date.

 

2

 



 

(bb)

“Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation.

 

 

(cc)

“Share” or “Shares” shall mean shares of common stock, $5.00 par value per share, of the Company or such other securities or property as may become subject to Awards pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 4(c) of the Plan.

 

 

(dd)

“Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 3.

ADMINISTRATION

 

 

(a)

Power and Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan and to applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) each Award; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award or Award Agreement; (v) amend the terms and conditions of any Award or Award Agreement and accelerate the exercisability of Options or the lapse of restrictions relating to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or other Awards; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vii) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, promissory notes, other securities, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or the Committee; (viii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement, including an Award Agreement, relating to the Plan; (ix) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (x) establish any special rules for Eligible Persons, former employees, or Participants located in any particular country other than the United States, which such rules shall be set forth in Appendices to the Plan and shall be deemed incorporated into and form part of the Plan; and (xi) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award and any employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

 

(b)

Delegation. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Affiliate or a committee of such officers, but only to the extent such officer or officers are also members of the Board of Directors of the Company, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall determine, to grant Awards to Eligible Persons who are not officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The Committee shall not delegate its powers and duties under the Plan (i) with regard to officers or directors of the Company or any Affiliate who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) in such a manner as would cause the Plan not to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

 

(c)

Power and Authority of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, without any further action of the Committee, exercise the powers and duties of the Committee under the Plan.

 

3

 



SECTION 4.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

 

 

(a)

Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under all Awards under the Plan in any Plan Year shall not exceed the Limitation Amount; PROVIDED THAT, any Shares with respect to which Awards may be issued, but are not issued, under the Plan in any Plan Year shall be carried forward and shall be available to be covered by Awards issued in any subsequent Plan Year in which Awards may be issued under the Plan. Shares to be issued under the Plan may be either authorized but unissued Shares or Shares acquired in the open market or otherwise. Any Shares that are used by a Participant as full or partial payment to the Company of the purchase price relating to an Award, or in connection with the satisfaction of tax obligations relating to an Award, shall again be available for granting Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan. In addition, if any Shares covered by an Award or to which an Award relates are not purchased or are forfeited, or if an Award otherwise terminates without delivery of any Shares, then the number of Shares counted against the aggregate number of Shares available under the Plan with respect to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be available for granting Awards under the Plan.

 

 

(b)

Accounting for Awards. For purposes of this Section 4, if an Award entitles the holder thereof to receive or purchase Shares, the number of Shares covered by such Award or to which such Award relates shall be counted on the date of grant of such Award against the aggregate number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan.

 

 

(c)

Adjustments. In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or other property) that thereafter may be made the subject of Awards, (ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards and (iii) the purchase or exercise price with respect to any Award; provided, however, that the number of Shares covered by any Award or to which such Award relates shall always be a whole number.

 

 

(d)

Award Limitations Under the Plan. No Eligible Person may be granted any Award or Awards under the Plan, the value of which Award or Awards is based solely on an increase in the value of the Shares after the date of grant of such Award or Awards, for more than 500,000 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided for in Section 4(c) of the Plan), in the aggregate in any calendar year, beginning with the calendar year commencing on January 1, 2001. The foregoing annual limitation specifically includes the grant of any Award or Awards representing “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4, but subject at all times to the annual Limitation Amount, the number of Shares available for (i) granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan in the aggregate shall not exceed 2,000,000, and (ii) Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, shall not exceed 600,000, subject to adjustment as provided in as provided in Section 4(c) of the Plan and subject to the provisions of Section 422 or 424 of the Code or any successor provision.

 

4

 



SECTION 5.

ELIGIBILITY

 

Any Eligible Person shall be eligible to be designated a Participant. In determining which Eligible Persons shall receive an Award and the terms of any Award, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Eligible Persons, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company or such other factors as the Committee, in its discretion, shall deem relevant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may only be granted to full or part-time employees (which term as used herein includes, without limitation, officers and Directors who are also employees), and an Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to an employee of an Affiliate unless such Affiliate is also a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code or any successor provision.

 

SECTION 6.

AWARDS

 

 

(a)

Options. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee shall determine:

 

 

(i)

Exercise Price. The purchase price per Share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such purchase price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option.

 

 

(ii)

Option Term. The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option, shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date on which such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

 

(iii)

Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms (including, without limitation, cash, Shares, promissory notes, other securities, other Awards or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price) in which, payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

 

 

(iv)

Reload Options. The Committee may grant Reload Options, separately or together with another Option, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions established by the Committee, the Participant would be granted a new Option when the payment of the exercise price of a previously granted option is made by the delivery of Shares owned by the Participant pursuant to Section 6(a)(iii) hereof or the relevant provisions of another plan of the Company, and/or when Shares are tendered or withheld as payment of the amount to be withheld under applicable income tax laws in connection with the exercise of an Option, which new Option would be an Option to purchase the number of Shares not exceeding the sum of (A) the number of Shares so provided as consideration upon the exercise of the previously granted option to which such Reload Option relates and (B) the number of Shares, if any, tendered or withheld as payment of the amount to be withheld under applicable tax laws in connection with the exercise of the option to which such Reload Option relates pursuant to the relevant provisions of the plan or agreement relating to such option. Reload Options may be granted with respect to Options previously granted under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company or may be granted in connection with any Option granted under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company at the time of such grant. Such Reload Options shall have a per share exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share as of the date of grant of the new Option. Any Reload Option shall be subject to availability of sufficient Shares for grant under the Plan. Shares surrendered as part or all of the exercise price of the Option to which it relates that have been owned by the optionee less than six months will not be counted for purposes of determining the number of Shares that may be purchased pursuant to a Reload Option.

 

5

 



 

(b)

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder thereof a right to receive upon exercise thereof the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise (or, if the Committee shall so determine, at any time during a specified period before or after the date of exercise) over (ii) the grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right as specified by the Committee, which price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the grant price, term, methods of exercise, dates of exercise, methods of settlement and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be as determined by the Committee. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem appropriate.

 

 

(c)

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee shall determine:

 

 

(i)

Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, a waiver by the Participant of the right to vote or to receive any dividend or other right or property with respect thereto), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

 

(ii)

Stock Certificates. Any Restricted Stock granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by issuance of a stock certificate or certificates, which certificate or certificates shall be held by the Company until the applicable restrictions lapse or are waived, or the Shares are forfeited. Such certificate or certificates shall be registered in the name of the Participant who has been granted such Shares and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock. Stock certificates registered in the name of a Participant with respect to grants of Restricted Stock shall be delivered to such Participant promptly after the applicable restrictions lapse or are waived. In the case of Restricted Stock Units, no Shares shall be issued at the time such Awards are granted. Upon the lapse or waiver of restrictions and the restricted period relating to Restricted Stock Units evidencing the right to receive Shares, Shares shall be issued to, and certificates representing such Shares shall be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the holder of the Restricted Stock Units.

 

 

(iii)

Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment (as determined under criteria established by the Committee) during the applicable restriction period, all Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units subject to restriction at such time shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may, when it finds that a waiver would be in the best interest of the Company, waive in whole or in part any or all remaining restrictions with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

 

6

 



 

(d)

Performance Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Performance Awards to Participants subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement. A Performance Award granted under the Plan (i) may be denominated or payable in cash, Shares (including, without limitation, Restricted Stock), other securities, other Awards or other property and (ii) shall confer on the holder thereof the right to receive payments, in whole or in part, upon the achievement of such performance goals during such performance periods as the Committee shall establish. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance Award granted, the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award and any other terms and conditions of any Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.

 

 

(e)

Dividend Equivalents. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to Eligible Persons under which the Participant shall be entitled to receive payments (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property as determined in the discretion of the Committee) equivalent to the amount of cash dividends paid by the Company to holders of Shares with respect to a number of Shares determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, such Dividend Equivalents may have such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

 

 

(f)

Other Stock-based Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, such other Awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purpose of the Plan. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 6(f) shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms (including, without limitation, cash, Shares, promissory notes, other securities, other Awards or other property or any combination thereof), as the Committee shall determine, the value of which consideration, as established by the Committee, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is granted.

 

 

(g)

General

 

 

(i)

Consideration for Awards. Awards shall be granted for no cash consideration or for any cash or other consideration as may be determined by the Committee or required by applicable law.

 

 

(ii)

Awards May be Granted Separately or Together. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with or in substitution for any other Award or any award granted under any plan of the Company or any Affiliate other than the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any such other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

 

 

(iii)

Forms of Payment Under Awards. Subject to the terms of the Plan and of any applicable Award Agreement, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise or payment of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine (including, without limitation, cash, Shares; promissory notes, other securities, other Awards or other property or any combination thereof), and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents with respect to installment or deferred payments.

 

7

 



 

(iv)

Limits On Transfer of Awards. No Award and no right under any such Award shall be transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant and receive any property distributable with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant; and provided, further, that, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, Awards may be transferable as specifically provided in any applicable Award Agreement or amendment thereto pursuant to terms determined by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in any applicable Award Agreement or amendment thereto (other than an Award Agreement relating to an Incentive Stock Option), pursuant to terms determined by the Committee, each Award or right under any Award shall be exercisable during the Participant's lifetime only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant's guardian or legal representative. Except as otherwise provided in any applicable Award Agreement or amendment thereto (other than an Award Agreement relating to an Incentive Stock Option), no Award or right under any such Award may be pledged, alienated, attached or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

 

 

(v)

Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date such Option is granted.

 

 

(vi)

Restrictions; Securities Exchange Listing. All Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, applicable federal or state securities laws and regulatory requirements, and the Committee may cause appropriate entries to be made or legends to be affixed to reflect such restrictions. If any securities of the Company are traded on a securities exchange, the Company shall not be required to deliver any Shares or other securities covered by an Award unless and until such Shares or other securities have been admitted for trading on such securities exchange.

 

SECTION 7.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION; CORRECTIONS

 

 

(a)

Amendments to the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made that, absent such approval:

 

 

(i)

would violate the rules or regulations of the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange that are applicable to the Company; or

 

 

(ii)

would cause the Company to be unable, under the Code, to grant Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.

 

 

(b)

Amendments to Awards. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, the Committee may waive any conditions of or rights of the Company under any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Award Agreement, the Committee may not amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively, if such action would adversely affect the rights of the holder of such Award, without the consent of the Participant or holder or beneficiary thereof

 

 

(i)

Prohibition On Option Repricing. Except as provided in Section 4(c) hereof, no Option may be amended to reduce its initial exercise price and no Option shall be canceled and replaced with an Option or Options having a lower exercise price, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

 

8

 



 

(c)

Correction of Defects, Omissions and Inconsistencies. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

 

SECTION 8.

TAX WITHHOLDING

 

 

(a)

Participants are responsible for the payment of all income taxes, employment, social insurance, welfare and other taxes under applicable law relating to any amounts deemed under the laws of the country of their residency or of the organization of the participating Affiliate which employs them to constitute income arising out of participation in the Plan. In order to comply with all applicable national, federal, state or local income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that all applicable national, federal, state or local payroll, withholding, income or other taxes, which are the sole and absolute responsibility of a Participant, are withheld or collected from such Participant, and, by accepting an Award pursuant to the terms of this Plan and an Award Agreement, each Participant hereby authorizes the Company or the relevant participating Affiliate to make the appropriate withholding from the Participant's compensation. In order to assist a Participant in paying all or a portion of the national, federal, state and local taxes to be withheld or collected upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) an Award, the Committee, in its discretion and subject to such additional terms and conditions as it may adopt, may permit the Participant to satisfy such tax obligation by (i) electing to have the Company withhold a portion of the Shares otherwise to be delivered upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such Award with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such taxes or (ii) delivering to the Company Shares other than Shares issuable upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such Award with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such taxes. The election, if any, must be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

 

SECTION 9.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

(a)

No Rights to Awards. No Eligible Person, Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Eligible Persons, Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to any Participant or with respect to different Participants.

 

 

(b)

Award Agreements. No Participant will have rights under an Award granted to such Participant unless and until an Award Agreement shall have been duly executed on behalf of the Company and, if requested by the Company, signed by the Participant.

 

 

(c)

Plan Provisions Control. In the event that any provision of an Award Agreement conflicts with or is inconsistent in any respect with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein or subsequently amended, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

 

(d)

No Rights of Shareholders. Except with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock as to which the Participant has been granted the right to vote, neither a Participant nor the Participant's legal representative shall be, or have any of the rights and privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares issuable to such Participant upon the exercise or payment of any Award, in whole or in part, unless and until such Shares have been issued in the name of such Participant or such Participant's legal representative without restriction thereto.

 

 

(e)

No Limit On Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

9

 



 

(f)

No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, nor will it affect in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate such employment at any time, with or without cause. In addition, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or any Award, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement. Nothing in this Plan shall confer on any person any legal or equitable right against the Company or any Affiliate, directly or indirectly, or give rise to any cause of action at law or in equity against the Company or an Affiliate. The Awards granted hereunder shall not form any part of the wages or salary of any Eligible Person for purposes of severance pay or termination indemnities, irrespective of the reason for termination of employment. Under no circumstances shall any person ceasing to be an employee of the Company or any Affiliate be entitled to any compensation for any loss of any right or benefit under the Plan which such employee might otherwise have enjoyed but for termination of employment, whether such compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful or unfair dismissal, breach of contract or otherwise. By participating in the Plan, each Participant shall be deemed to have accepted all the conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of any rules and regulations adopted by the Committee and shall be fully bound thereby.

 

 

(g)

Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan or any Award, and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan or any Award, shall be determined in accordance with the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

 

 

(h)

Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the purpose or intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction or Award, and the remainder of the Plan or any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

(i)

No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

 

(j)

Other Benefits. No compensation or benefit awarded to or realized by any Participant under the Plan shall be included for the purpose of computing such Participant's compensation under any compensation-based retirement, disability, or similar plan of the Company unless required by law or otherwise provided by such other plan.

 

 

(k)

No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash shall be paid in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

 

 

(l)

Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

 

SECTION 10.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

 

The Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the stockholders of the Company.

 

10

 



SECTION 11.

TERMS OF THE PLAN

 

Awards shall only be granted under the Plan during the period beginning on the effective date of the Plan and ending on December 31, 2011, unless the Plan is terminated earlier pursuant to Section 7(a) of the Plan. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond the end of such 10-year period, and the authority of the Committee provided for hereunder with respect to the Plan and any Awards, and the authority of the Board of Directors of the Company to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond the termination of the Plan.

 

 









11

 



Exhibit 21

Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures

Wholly Owned Subsidiaries

 

Donaldson Australasia Pty. Ltd.
Wyong, Australia

Donaldson Filtration Österreich, GmbH
Vienna, Austria

Donaldson Europe, b.v.b.a.
Donaldson Coordination Center, b.v.b.a.
Donaldson Belgie, b.v.b.a.
Leuven, Belgium

Donaldson do Brasil Equipamentos Industriais Ltda
Atibaia, São Paulo, Brazil

Donaldson Canada, Inc.
Athens, Ontario, Canada

Donaldson Far East Ltd.
Hong Kong, S.A.R., China

Donaldson (Wuxi) Filters Co., Ltd.
Wuxi, China

Donaldson Czech Republic s.r.o.
Klasterec nad Ohri, Czech Republic

Donaldson Industrial CR - Konzern s.r.o.
Kadan, Czech Republic

Donaldson Filtration CR - Konzern s.r.o.
Prague, Czech Republic

Donaldson Scandinavia a.p.s.
Hørsholm, Denmark

Donaldson, s.a.s.
Domjean, France

Donaldson France, s.a.s.

Financiere de Segur s.a.s.
Le Bozec Filtration et Systèmes, s.a.s.
Paris, France

Ultrafilter s.a.s.
Vigny, France

 

 

Donaldson GmbH
Torit DCE GmbH
Dülmen, Germany

Donaldson Filtration Deutschland GmbH
Haan, Germany

Ultratroc GmbH
Flensburg, Germany

Donaldson Filtration Magyarorszag Kft.
Budapest, Hungary

Donaldson India Filter Systems Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi, India

P.T. Donaldson Systems Indonesia
P.T. Donaldson Filtration Indonesia
Jakarta, Indonesia

Donaldson Italia s.r.l.
Ostiglia, Italy

Nippon Donaldson Ltd.
Tachikawa, Tokyo, Japan

Donaldson Luxembourg S.a.r.l
Luxembourg City, Luxembourg

Donaldson Filtration (Malaysia) Sdn. Bnd.
Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia

Donaldson, S.A. de C.V.
Prestadora de Servicios Aguascalientes, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Aguascalientes, Mexico

Donaldson Torit, B.V.
Donaldson Nederland B.V.
Almere, Netherlands

Donaldson Filtration Norway a.s.
Moss, Norway

Donaldson Filtration (Philippines) Inc.
Muntinlupa, Philippines

 

 

 




Donaldson Polska Sp. z.o.o.
Warsaw, Poland

Donaldson Filtration (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd.
Changi, Singapore

Donaldson Filtration Slovensko s.r.o.
Bratislava, Slovakia

Donaldson Filtration Systems (Pty) Ltd.
Cape Town, South Africa

Donaldson Korea Co., Ltd.

Seoul, South Korea

Donaldson Ibèrica Soluciones

en Filtración, S.L.

Barcelona, Spain

Ultrafilter S.L.
Terrassa, Spain

Donaldson Schweiz GmbH
Aarau, Switzerland

Donaldson Taiwan Ltd.
Taipei, Taiwan

 

 

Donaldson Filtration (Thailand) Ltd.
Nonthaburi, Thailand

Donaldson (Thailand) Ltd.
Rayong, Thailand

Donaldson Filtre Sistemleri
Ticaret Limited Sirketi
Istanbul, Turkey

Donaldson Filter Components Ltd.
Donaldson UK Holding Ltd.
Hull, United Kingdom

Donaldson Filtration (GB) Ltd.

Leicester, United Kingdom

 

Donaldson Capital, Inc.
ASHC, Inc.
Minneapolis, MN USA

Aerospace Filtration Systems, Inc.

St. Charles, MO USA

 

 

Joint Ventures

 

Advanced Filtration Systems, Inc.

Advanced Filtration Services, Inc.

Champaign, Illinois

AFSI Europe s.r.o.

Most, Czech Republic

Ultrafilter (India) Pvt. Ltd.

Bangalore, India

P.T. Panata Jaya Mandiri

Jakarta, Indonesia

Rashed Al-Rashed & Sons - Donaldson Company Ltd.

Dammam, Saudi Arabia

 

 

 



Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

          We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-107444, 333-97771, 333-56027, 33-27086, 2-90488 and 33-44624) of Donaldson Company, Inc. of our report dated September 25, 2009, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

-S- PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
September 25, 2009

63



Exhibit 24

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ F. Guillaume Bastiaens

 

Signature

 

 

 

F. Guillaume Bastiaens

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ Janet M. Dolan

 

Signature

 

 

 

Janet M. Dolan

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ Jack W. Eugster

 

Signature

 

 

 

Jack W. Eugster

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ John F. Grundhofer

 

Signature

 

 

 

John F. Grundhofer

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Hoffman

 

Signature

 

 

 

Michael J. Hoffman

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ Paul David Miller

 

Signature

 

 

 

Paul David Miller

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey Noddle

 

Signature

 

 

 

Jeffrey Noddle

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ Willard D. Oberton

 

Signature

 

 

 

Willard D. Oberton

 

Print Name

 

 









POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint William M. Cook, Norman C. Linnell, or Amy C. Becker the undersigned’s attorneys-in-fact and agents for the purpose of signing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf as a Director of Donaldson Company, Inc., a report on Form 10-K for the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2009, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, of Donaldson Company, Inc., and any and all amendments thereto, and to deliver on the undersigned’s behalf said report so signed for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Dated: September 25, 2009

 

 

/s/ John P. Wiehoff

 

Signature

 

 

 

John P. Wiehoff

 

Print Name

 

 

 








Exhibit 31-A

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

I, William M. Cook, certify that:

 

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Donaldson Company, Inc.;

 

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


 

 

 

 

 

Date:

  September 25, 2009

 

By:

   -S- WILLIAM M. COOK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   William M. Cook

 

 

 

 

   Chief Executive Officer

64


Exhibit 31-B

Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

I, Thomas R. VerHage, certify that:

 

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Donaldson Company, Inc.;

 

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


 

 

 

 

 

Date:

  September 25, 2009

 

By:

   -S- THOMAS R. VERHAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Thomas R. VerHage

 

 

 

 

   Chief Financial Officer

65


Exhibit 32

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002, the following certifications are being made to accompany the annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009 for Donaldson Company, Inc.:

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

 

I, William M. Cook, Chief Executive Officer of Donaldson Company, Inc., certify that:

 

 

1.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of Donaldson Company, Inc. for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Donaldson Company, Inc.


 

 

 

 

 

Date:

  September 25, 2009

 

By:

   -S- WILLIAM M. COOK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   William M. Cook

 

 

 

 

   Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

 

I, Thomas R. VerHage, Chief Financial Officer of Donaldson Company, Inc., certify that:

 

 

1.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of Donaldson Company, Inc. for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Donaldson Company, Inc.


 

 

 

 

 

Date:

  September 25, 2009

 

By:

   -S- THOMAS R. VERHAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Thomas R. VerHage

 

 

 

 

   Chief Financial Officer

66